diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:38:45 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:38:45 -0700 |
| commit | 4b3a258038582b4a0b419a617097fa8096cdaeb1 (patch) | |
| tree | 6d674efaa1946411aff00bc72af482f778618129 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 12048-0.txt | 1678 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 12048-h/12048-h.htm | 1935 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 12048-h/images/0.jpg | bin | 0 -> 10987 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 12048-h/images/1.jpg | bin | 0 -> 12680 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 12048-h/images/2.jpg | bin | 0 -> 9496 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 12048-h/images/3.jpg | bin | 0 -> 10085 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 12048-h/images/4.jpg | bin | 0 -> 11948 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 12048-h/images/5.jpg | bin | 0 -> 14547 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/12048-8.txt | 2102 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/12048-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 39955 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/12048-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 112225 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/12048-h/12048-h.htm | 2382 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/12048-h/images/0.jpg | bin | 0 -> 10987 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/12048-h/images/1.jpg | bin | 0 -> 12680 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/12048-h/images/2.jpg | bin | 0 -> 9496 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/12048-h/images/3.jpg | bin | 0 -> 10085 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/12048-h/images/4.jpg | bin | 0 -> 11948 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/12048-h/images/5.jpg | bin | 0 -> 14547 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/12048.txt | 2102 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/12048.zip | bin | 0 -> 39939 bytes |
23 files changed, 10215 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/12048-0.txt b/12048-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..db32036 --- /dev/null +++ b/12048-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1678 @@ +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 12048 *** + +Our Little Korean Cousin + +By + +H. Lee M. Pike + +_Illustrated by_ + +L.J. Bridgman + + + + +Preface + + +Until very recently little has been known of the strange land in which +the subject of this tale lives. Recent events have done much to +introduce Korea and its people to the world at large. For this reason +the story of Yung Pak's youthful days may be the more interesting to his +Western cousins. + +These are stirring times in Korea, and it may safely be prophesied that +the little Koreans of the present day will occupy a larger place in the +world's history than have their fathers and grandfathers. Their bright +eyes are now turned toward the light, and, under the uplifting +influences of education and civilization, the old superstitions and +antique customs are bound to give way. + +Some famous Americans and Englishmen have had no small part in letting +in the light upon this dark nation, and in years to come, when Korea +shall have attained to the full stature of national strength, the names +of Rodgers, Blake, Kimberly, and many others will be held in high esteem +by the people of that country. + +This little volume gives just a glimpse into the mode of life, the +habits and customs, the traditions and superstitions, of the Koreans. If +it awakens an interest in the minds of its young readers, and inspires +them with a desire for further knowledge of their cousins in this far +Eastern land, its purpose will be well served. + + + + +Contents + + +CHAPTER + +I. SOME QUEER THINGS +II. YUNG PAK'S HOME +III. A GLIMPSE OF THE KING +IV. YUNG PAK AT SCHOOL +V. A LESSON IN HISTORY +VI. THE MONK'S STORY +VII. A JOURNEY +VIII. THE MONASTERY AT CHANG-AN-SA +IX. A FULL-FLEDGED TOP-KNOT + + + + +List of Illustrations + +YUNG PAK A STREET IN SEOUL +"ALL THE BOYS SIT UPON THE FLOOR" +"HE MUST DROP TO HIS KNEES AND MAKE A PROFOUND SALUTE" +"ON THE UPPER PART OF EACH OF THESE POSTS WAS A RUDE CARVING" +"THE DAY WAS PASSED IN MUCH THE SAME MANNER AS THE PRECEDING ONE" + + + + +OUR LITTLE KOREAN COUSIN + + + + +CHAPTER I. + + +SOME QUEER THINGS + +Yung Pak was the very queer name of a queer little boy who lived in a +queer house in a queer city. This boy was peculiar in his looks, his +talk was in a strange tongue, his clothes were odd in colour and fit, +his shoes were unlike ours, and everything about him would seem to you +very unusual in appearance. But the most wonderful thing of all was that +he did not think he was a bit queer, and if he should see one of you in +your home, or at school, or at play, he would open wide his slant eyes +with wonder at your peculiar ways and dress. The name of the country in +which this little boy lived is Korea. + +One thing about Yung Pak, though, was just like little boys everywhere. +When he first came to his home in the Korean city, a little bit of a +baby, his father and mother were very, very glad to see him. Your father +and mother gave you no warmer welcome than the parents of this little +Korean baby gave to him. + +Perhaps Yung Pak's father did not say much, but any one could have seen +by his face that he was tremendously pleased. He was a very dignified +man, and his manner was nearly always calm, no matter how stirred up he +might have felt in his mind. This was one of the rare occasions when his +face expanded into a smile, and he immediately made a generous offering +of rice to the household tablets. + +All Koreans pay great honour to their dead parents, and tablets to +their memory are placed in some room set apart for the purpose. Before +these tablets sacrifices are offered. Yung Pak's father would have been +almost overwhelmed with terror at thought of having no one to worship +his memory and present offerings before his tablet. + +It is to be feared that if, instead of Yung Pak, a little daughter had +come to this Korean house, the father and the mother would not have been +so pleased. For, strange as it may seem to you who live in homes where +little daughters and little sisters are petted and loved above all the +rest of the family, in Korea little girls do not receive a warm welcome, +though the mothers will cherish and fondle them--as much from pity as +from love. The mothers know better than any one else how hard a way the +little girl will have to travel through life. + +But it is Yung Pak we want to tell you about. + +As his father was a wealthy man, all the comforts and luxuries which +could be given to a Korean baby were showered on this tiny boy. + +One of the queer things, though, was that he had no little cradle in +which he might be rocked to sleep. And you know that all babies, +especially little babies, sleep a great deal. So how do you suppose Yung +Pak's mother used to put him to sleep in this land where cradles were +unknown? She put him on the bed and patted him lightly on the stomach. +This she called _to-tak, to-tak_. + +As Yung Pak grew older he was given many toys, among them rattles, +drums, flags, and dolls, just as you had them. Some of the toys, though, +were very peculiar ones--different from anything you ever saw. He had +little tasselled umbrellas, just like the big one his father used when +he walked out in the sun. He also had little fringed hats and toy +chariots with fancy wheels. One of Yung Pak's favourite toys was a +wooden jumping-jack with a pasteboard tongue. By pulling a string the +tongue was drawn in and a trumpet carried up to the mouth. + +Another favourite toy was a tiger on wheels. Tiger-hunting, by the way, +was considered great sport by Yung Pak's father. It was a very dangerous +one, too, and sometimes lives were sacrificed in his efforts to capture +or to kill this fierce wild beast. Sometimes the animal was caught in a +trap which was nothing less than a hut of logs with a single entrance. +In the roof of the hut heavy beams would be placed on a forked stick. +The bait--a young lamb or kid--would be tied beneath the beams. The +moment the bait was touched, down would come the heavy timber--smash--on +the tiger's head. + +But Yung Pak's tiger was ferocious only in looks. It was made of paper +pulp and painted with bright stripes. This harmless image of a fierce +beast Yung Pak would pull about the floor with a string by the hour. + +All his pets were not of wood and paper. Real live animals he had. +Puppies and kittens, of course. His greatest pet, though, was a monkey. +What little boy ever saw a monkey that he didn't want for his own? So +when Yung Pak's father made him a present of a monkey--a real +monkey--alive--he just danced with glee. + +This monkey was not a very large one,--not over a foot high,--but he +could cut capers and play tricks equal to any monkey you ever saw +travelling with an organ-grinder. He was dressed in a scarlet jacket, +and he was always with Yung Pak, except sometimes when he would try to +plague him by breaking away and running--perhaps to the house-top or to +the neighbour's garden. + +After a little while Yung Pak got used to these "monkey shines," and he +knew that his pet would not stay away long after mealtime. + +As Yung Pak grew older he was allowed to play with other boys of his own +age. A favourite sport was Hunting the Ring. In this game the boys would +get together quite a large heap of sand. In this sand one of them would +hide a ring, and then the urchins would all get slender sticks and poke +around in the pile trying to find the ring. Whoever succeeded in getting +the ring on his stick won the game, and carried the prize home as a sign +of victory. + +Sometimes Yung Pak would be the winner, and then he would march home +with great glee and show the trophy to his father. + +One of the first things Yung Pak was taught was to be respectful to his +father. Never was he allowed to fail in this duty in the least. This +does not seem strange when we know what a sober, serious, dignified man +Yung Pak's father was. It would not do to allow his son to do anything +that would upset his dignity, though he loved him very much indeed. + +It was far different with the boy's mother. Her little boy soon learned +that her wishes counted for very little in the family, and she never +ventured to rebuke him, no matter how seriously he might offend her or +what naughty thing he might do. + +One queer thing about Yung Pak was the way he used to wear his hair. +While still very young his head was shaved, except a little round spot +on the very crown. Here it was allowed to grow, and as years went by it +grew quite long, and was braided in two plaits down his back. + +When Yung Pak grew to be a man the long hair was knotted up on top of +his head, and for this reason many people call Koreans "Top-knots." But +of this arrangement of the hair we shall tell more farther on. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + + +YUNG PAK'S HOME + +Ki Pak, Yung Pak's father, was one of the king's officials. On this +account his home was near the great palace of the king, in the city of +Seoul, the capital of the country. + +This city did not look much like the ones in which you live. There were +no wide streets, no high buildings, no street-cars. Instead, there were +narrow, dirty lanes and open gutters. Shopkeepers not only occupied both +sides of the crowded streets, but half their wares were exposed in and +over the dirty gutters. Grain merchants and vegetable dealers jostled +each other in the streets themselves. In and about among them played the +boys of the city, not even half-clothed in most cases. There were no +parks and playgrounds for them such as you have. Often, too, boys would +be seen cantering through the streets, seated sidewise on the bare backs +of ponies, caring nothing for passers-by, ponies, or each +other--laughing, chatting, eating chestnuts. Other boys would be +carrying on their heads small round tables covered with dishes of rice, +pork, cabbage, wine, and other things. + +[Illustration: A STREET IN SEOUL] + +Around the city was a great wall of stone fourteen miles in length. In +some places it clung to the edges of the mountains, and then dropped +into a deep ravine, again to climb a still higher mountain, perhaps. In +one direction it enclosed a forest, in another a barren plain. Great +blocks were the stones, that had been in place many, many years. It must +have taken hundreds and thousands of men to put them in position, and, +though the wall was hundreds of years old, it was still well preserved. +It was from twenty-five to forty feet high. The wall was hung from one +end of the city to the other with ivy, which looked as if it had been +growing in its place centuries before Yung Pak was born. + +In the wall were eight gates, and at each one a keeper was stationed at +all hours of the day and night. No persons could come in or go out +unless their business was known to those who had charge of the passage. + +Every evening, at sunset, the gates were closed, and during the night no +one was allowed to pass through in either direction. + +A curious ceremony attended the closing of these gates. They were never +shut till the king had been notified that all was well on the north, on +the south, on the east, and on the west. As there were no telegraph +lines, another way had to be provided by which messages might be quickly +sent. Bonfires upon the surrounding hills were used as signals. By +these fires the king was told if all were well in his kingdom, and every +evening, as soon as the sun was set, four beacon-fires on a hill within +the walls told the news as it was flashed to them from the mountains +outside. Then four officers, whose business it was to report to the king +the message of the fires, hastened to him, and with great ceremony and +much humility announced that all was well. On this the royal band of +music would strike up its liveliest airs, and a great bell would toll +its evening warning. This bell was the third largest in the world, and +for five centuries it had given the signal for opening and closing the +gates of Seoul, the chief city of the "Land of the Morning Radiance." + +At the stroke of the bell, with a great clang the gates were shut, and +strong bars were placed across the inner sides, not to be removed until +at early dawn the bell again gave its signal to the keepers. + +To little Yung Pak, the loud tones of the bell meant more even than to +the sentinels at the gates. He knew that not only was it a signal for +the closing of the city gates, but it was also a warning that bedtime +was at hand. + +The house in which Yung Pak lived was a very fine one, although the +grounds were not as spacious as those of many houses in the outskirts of +the city. But its walls were of stone, whereas many of the houses of +Seoul had walls of paper. + +Yes, actually walls of paper! + +But this paper was a very tough, fibrous substance, and would resist +quite a heavy blow as well as keep out the cold. Its slight cost brought +it within the means of the poorer people. + +In some parts of Korea the houses were built of stout timbers, the +chinks covered with woven cane and plastered with mud. Neat hedges of +interlaced boughs surrounded them. The chimney was often simply a +hollow tree, not attached to the house. + +Ki Pak's house was not only built of stone, but about it were four walls +of stone, about five feet high, to help keep out intruders. The wall was +surmounted by a rampart of plaited bamboo. In this wall were three +gates, corresponding to entrances into the house itself. One gate, the +largest, on the north side, was used only by Ki Pak himself, though +after he grew older Yung Pak could enter this gate with his father. The +second gate, on the east, was used by the family and friends of Ki Pak. +The third and smallest gate was reserved for the use of the servants. + +The roof of this house was not covered with shingles, but with clay +tiles, coloured red. Many houses in the city had simply a roof-covering +of thatched straw. + +The house was but a single story high, but in this respect the king's +palace itself was no better. There were three divisions to the house. +One was for the use of the men, a second for the women of the family, +and a third for the servants. Each division had a suitable number of +rooms for its occupants. + +Yung Pak's own sleeping-room was a dainty affair, with its paper walls, +tiger-skin rugs upon the stone floor, and the softest of mats and silk +and wadded cotton coverings for his couch. + +This couch, by the way, was another queer affair. It was built of brick! +Beneath it were pipes or flues connected with other pipes which ran +beneath the whole house. Through these flues were forced currents of hot +air from a blaze in a large fireplace at one end of the house. The +chimney was at the other end, and thus a draught of hot air constantly +passed beneath the floors in cold weather. On warm nights Yung Pak would +pile his mats upon the floor and sleep as comfortably as ever you did +on the softest feather bed your grandmother could make. + +The windows of Ki Pak's house were not made of glass, but were small +square frames covered with oiled paper. These frames fitted into grooves +so that they could be slid back and forth, and in warm weather the +windows were always left open. The doors were made of wood, though in +many houses paper or plaited bamboo was used. + +When Yung Pak ate his meals, he sat upon a rug on the floor with his +father and such male guests as might be in the house. The women never +ate with them. Their meals were served in their own rooms. + +A servant would bring to each person a _sang_, or small low table. +Instead of a cloth, on each table was a sheet of fine glazed paper which +had the appearance of oiled silk. This paper was made from the bark of +the mulberry-tree. It was soft and pliable, and of such a texture that +it could be washed easier than anything else, either paper or cloth. On +this were placed dishes of porcelain and earthen ware. There were no +knives or forks, but in their place were chop-sticks such as the Chinese +used. Spoons also were on the table. A tall and long-spouted teapot was +always the finest piece of ware. + +On the dining-tables of the poorer people of Korea the teapot was never +seen, for, strange as it may seem, in this land situated between the two +greatest tea-producing countries of the world, tea is not in common use. + +All Koreans have splendid appetites, and probably if you should see Yung +Pak eating his dinner you would criticize his table manners. He not only +ate a large amount of food, but ate it very rapidly--almost as if he +feared that some one might steal his dinner before he could dispose of +it. And you would think that he never expected to get another square +meal! + +But it was not Yung Pak's fault that he was such a little glutton. In +his youngest days, when his mother used to regulate his food, she would +stuff him full of rice. Then she would turn him over on his back and +paddle his stomach with a ladle to make sure that he was well filled! + + + + +CHAPTER III. + + +A GLIMPSE OF THE KING + +Yung Pak's earliest days were spent very much as are those of most +babies, whether they live in Korea or America. Eating and sleeping were +his chief occupations. + +When he grew old enough to run about, his father employed for him a +servant, Kim Yong, whose business it was to see that no harm came to the +child. For several years the two were constantly together, even sleeping +in the same room at night. + +Once when Yung Pak and his attendant were out for their daily walk their +attention was attracted by the sound of music in the distance. + +"What is that music?" asked Yung Pak. + +"That is the king's band. It must be that there is going to be a +procession," was Kim Yong's reply. + +"Oh, I know what it is," said Yung Pak. "The king is going to the new +Temple of Ancestors. My father said the tablets on which the king's +forefathers' names are engraved are to be put in place to-day." + +"Let us hurry so as to get into a place where we can have a good view of +the procession." + +"Yes, we will; for father told me that this is to be an extra fine one, +and he is to be in it himself. I want to see him when he goes by." + +By this time Yung Pak and Kim Yong were running as fast as their flowing +garments and their dignity would allow them. And everybody else, from +the dirtiest street boy to the gravest old man, was hurrying toward the +palace gate through which the procession was to come. Yung Pak and Kim +Yong were fortunate enough to get a position where they could see the +palace gate, and the procession would have to pass by them on its way to +the temple. + +Meanwhile the band inside the palace walls kept up its music, and the +people outside could also hear the shouts of officers giving their +orders to guards and soldiers. + +Soon there was an extra flourish of the music, and the gate, toward +which all eyes had been strained, was suddenly flung wide open with a +great clang. + +Hundreds of soldiers already lined the streets to keep the crowd back +out of the way of the procession. + +First through the gate came a company of Korean foot-soldiers, in blue +uniforms. Directly after them came a lot of palace attendants in curious +hats and long robes of all colours of the rainbow. Some were dressed in +blue, some in red, some in orange, some in yellow, some in a mixture of +colours. All carried staves bound with streamers of ribbons. + +Following the attendants came a line of bannermen, with red flags, on +which were various inscriptions in blue; then came drummers and +pipe-players dressed in yellow costumes, their instruments decked with +ribbons. + +Yung Pak next saw more soldiers, dressed in the queerest of ancient +costumes; afterward came men with cymbals and bells, cavalrymen on foot, +and more palace attendants. Through the whole line were seen many +officials, gaudily adorned with plumes, gold lace, gilt fringe, swords, +and coloured decorations of all sorts. Many of the officials had on +high-crowned hats decorated with bunches of feathers and crimson +tassels. These were fastened by a string of amber beads around the +throat. Blue and orange and red were the colours of their robes. Then +followed more bannermen, drummers, and servants carrying food, fire, and +pipes. + +All the time there was a tremendous beating of drums and blowing of +horns and ringing of bells. The noise was so great that Kim Yong hardly +heard Yung Pak when he shouted: + +"Oh, I see papa!" + +"Where is he?" + +"Don't you see him right behind that little man in yellow who is +carrying a big blue flag?" + +"Oh, yes," said Kim Yong. "He has on a long green robe, and on his +turban are long orange plumes." + +"Yes; and on both sides of him, in green gauze coats, are his servants. +I wonder if he will notice us as he goes by." + +"Indeed he will not. At least, if he does see us, he will give no sign, +for this is too solemn and important an occasion for him to relax his +dignity." + +On state occasions Ki Pak could look as sedate and dignified as the most +serious official in all Korea; and that is saying a good deal, for in +no country do the officials appear more solemn than in this "Land of the +Morning Radiance." + +Now along came more soldiers, followed by the great nobles of the +kingdom, and finally, amid a most terrific beating of drums, a fearful +jangling of bells, and a horrid screaming of pipes, the guard of the +king himself appeared. + +Suddenly all was silent. Drum-beating, pipe-blowing, and shouting all +died away. The sound of hurried footsteps alone was heard. All at once +into sight came the imperial chair of state. In this chair was the king, +but not yet could Yung Pak get a glimpse of his royal master. Yellow +silken panels hid him from the view of the curious crowd, and over the +top was a canopy of the same description, ornamented with heavy, rich +tassels. + +This gorgeous chair was much heavier than those used by officials and +ordinary citizens, and it took thirty-two men to carry it quickly and +safely past the throng to the entrance of the temple. Only a few minutes +were necessary for this journey, for the temple was but a short distance +from the palace gate, and both were in plain sight of Yung Pak and Kim +Yong. + +It was only a fleeting glimpse of the king that they got, as he passed +from his chair to the temple gate; but this was enough to repay Yung Pak +for the rushing and the crowding and the waiting that he had been +obliged to endure. Rare indeed were these glimpses of his Majesty, and +they afforded interest and excitement enough to last a long while. + +But the procession was not over yet. A chair covered with red silk, +borne on the shoulders of sixteen chair-men, passed up to the temple. + +"Who is in that chair?" asked Yung Pak of his companion. + +"The crown prince," was Kim Yong's reply. + +"He attends his royal father in all these ceremonies of state." + +Yung Pak drew a long breath, but said nothing. He only thought what a +fine thing it must be to be a king's son, and wear such gorgeous +clothes, and have so many servants at his call. + +And then he had a second thought. He would not want to exchange his +splendid father for all the glory and magnificence of the king's court. + +After the king and the crown prince, with their attendant officials and +servants and priests, had gone into the temple, Yung Pak and Kim Yong +did not stay longer at their post. The order of the procession had +broken, and the king and his immediate retinue would return privately to +the palace after he should pay homage and offer sacrifice to the spirits +of his ancestors. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + + +YUNG PAK AT SCHOOL + +Little Korean boys have to go to school, just as you do, though they do +not study in just the same way. You would be surprised if you were to +step into a Korean schoolroom. All the boys sit upon the floor with +their legs curled up beneath them. Instead of the quiet, silent +scholars, you would hear a loud and deafening buzz. All the pupils study +out loud. They not only do their studying aloud, but they talk very +loud, as if each one were trying to make more noise than his neighbour. + +The Koreans call this noise _kang-siong_, and it seems almost deafening +to one unused to it. You would think the poor teacher would be driven +crazy, but he seems as calm as a daisy in a June breeze. + +[Illustration: "ALL THE BOYS SIT UPON THE FLOOR"] + +The Korean boys have to have "tests" and examinations just as you do. +When a lad has a good lesson, the teacher makes a big red mark on his +paper, and he carries it home with the greatest pride,--just as you do +when you take home a school paper marked "100." + +But Yung Pak was not allowed to share the pleasures and the trials of +the boys in the public school. + +One day, soon after he was six years old, his father sent for him to +come to his private room,--perhaps you would call it a study or library. +With Yung Pak's father was a strange gentleman, a young man with a +pleasant face and an air of good breeding. + +"This," said Ki Pak to his son as he entered the room, "is Wang Ken. I +have engaged him to be your teacher, or tutor. The time has come for you +to begin to learn to read and to cipher and to study the history and +geography of our country." + +Yung Pak made a very low bow, for all Korean boys are early taught to be +courteous, especially to parents, teachers, and officials. + +In this case he was very glad to show respect to his new tutor, for he +liked his appearance and felt sure that they would get on famously +together. More than that, though he liked to play as well as any boy, he +was not sorry that he was going to begin to learn something. Even at his +age he had ambitions, and expected that sometime he would, like his +father, serve the king in some office. + +Wang Ken was equally well pleased with the looks of the bright boy who +was to be his pupil, and told Yung Pak's father that he believed there +need be no fear but what they would get on well together, and that the +boy would prove a bright scholar. + +To Wang Ken and his pupil were assigned a room near Ki Pak's library, +where Yung Pak would spend several hours each day trying his best to +learn the Korean A B C's. + +The first book he had to study was called "The Thousand Character +Classic." This was the first book that all Korean boys had to study, and +was said to have been written by a very wise man hundreds of years ago. +A strange thing about it was that it was composed during one night, and +so great was the wise man's struggle that his hair and beard turned +white during that night. When Yung Pak was told this fact he was not a +bit surprised. He thought it was hard enough to have to learn what was +in the book, to say nothing of writing it in the beginning. + +At the same time that Yung Pak was learning to read, he was also +learning to write. But you would have been amused if you could have seen +his efforts. The strangest thing about it was that he did not use a pen, +but had a coarse brush on a long handle. Into the ink he would dip this +brush and then make broad marks on sheets of coarse paper. You would not +be able to understand those marks at all. They looked like the daubs of +a sign-painter gone crazy. + +Later on, Yung Pak had to study the history and geography of his +country. Some of the names he had to learn would amuse you very much. +The name of the province of Haan-kiung, for instance, meant Perfect +Mirror, or Complete View Province. Kiung-sang was the Korean name for +Respectful Congratulation Province, and Chung-chong meant Serene Loyalty +Province. One part of Korea, where the inhabitants were always peaceable +and unwarlike, was called Peace and Quiet Province, or, in the Korean +language, Ping-an. + +Under Wang Ken's instruction Yung Pak made rapid progress in his +studies, and when the boy's father questioned him from time to time as +to what he had learned, he was very much pleased, and commended his son +for his close attention to his studies. + +"Sometime," Ki Pak said to the boy, "if you continue to make such good +progress in your studies, you will be able to hold a high position in +the service of the king." + +In explanation of this remark, you should understand that no young man +was able to enter into the government service of Korea until he could +pass a very hard examination in many studies. + +Many things besides book-learning did Wang Ken teach his pupil. In all +the rules of Korean etiquette he was carefully and persistently drilled. + +As you have already been told, Yung Pak had from his earliest days been +taught the deepest reverence and honour for his father. This kind of +instruction was continued from day to day. He was told that a son must +not play in his father's presence, nor assume free or easy posture +before him. He must often wait upon his father at meal-times, and +prepare his bed for him. If the father is old or sickly, the son sleeps +near him by night, and does not leave his presence by day. If for any +reason the father is cast into prison, the son makes his home near by in +order that he may provide such comforts for his unfortunate parent as +the prison officials will allow. + +If, by chance, the father should be banished from the country for his +misdeeds, the son must accompany him at least to the borders of his +native land, and in some instances must go with him into exile. + +When the son meets his father in the street, he must drop to his knees +and make a profound salute, no matter what the state of the roadway. In +all letters which the son writes to his father he uses the most exalted +titles and honourable phrases he can imagine. + +[Illustration: HE MUST DROP TO HIS KNEES AND MAKE A PROFOUND SALUTE] + + + + +CHAPTER V. + + +A LESSON IN HISTORY + +As you already know, Yung Pak's father intended that his son, when he +grew up, should fill a position in the service of the king. To fit him +for this work, it was important that the boy should learn all that he +could of his country's history. + +On this account Yung Pak's tutor had orders to give to the lad each day, +during the hours devoted to study, some account of events in the rise +and progress of the Korean nation or of its royal families. + +You must know that Korea is a very old country, its history dating back +hundreds of years before America was discovered by Christopher Columbus. + +Now Wang Ken knew that dry history had very few attractions for his +young pupil, or any lively boy for that matter, so as far as possible he +avoided the repetition of dates and uninteresting events, and often gave +to Yung Pak much useful information in story form. + +One day, when the time came for the usual history lesson, Wang Ken said +to Yung Pak: + +"I think that to-day I will tell you the story of King Taijo." + +At this Yung Pak's eyes sparkled, and he was all attention in a moment. +He thought one of Wang Ken's stories was a great deal better than +puzzling over Korean letters or struggling with long strings of figures. +The tutor went on: + +"When Taijo was born, many, many years ago, our country was not called +Korea, but had been given the name of Cho-sen." + +Yung Pak had been told that Cho-sen meant Morning Calm, so he asked Wang +Ken how it came about that such a peaceful name had been given to his +country. + +"Why," said Wang Ken, "the name was given to our land years and years +ago by the leader of some Chinese settlers, whose name was Ki Tsze. In +his native land there had been much violence and war, so with his +friends and followers he moved to the eastward and selected this country +for his home. Here he hoped to be free from the attacks of enemies and +to be able to live a peaceful life. For this reason he chose a name +which well expressed its outward position--toward the rising sun--and +his own inward feelings,--Cho-sen, or Morning Calm. This is still the +official name of our country. + +"But to come back to our story of Taijo. At the time of his birth, the +rulers of the country were very unpopular because of their wickedness +and oppression of the people. There was much suffering on account of the +misrule, and the people longed for a deliverer who should restore +prosperity to Cho-sen. + +"Such a deliverer appeared in the person of Taijo. It is said that even +as a boy he surpassed his fellows in goodness, intelligence, and skill +in all sorts of boyish games." + +Wang Ken improved this opportunity to tell Yung Pak how important it was +that all boys should follow such an example. + +But while Yung Pak listened with apparent patience, he could hardly +conceal his inward desire that the tutor would go on with his story. +Like most boys, of all races, he felt that he could get along without +the moralizing. + +"Hunting with the falcon was one of Taijo's favourite sports. One day, +while in the woods, his bird flew so far ahead that its young master +lost sight of it. Hurrying on to find it, Taijo discovered a hut beside +the path, into which he saw the falcon fly. + +"Entering the hut, the youth found a white-bearded hermit priest, who +lived here alone and unknown to the outside world. For a moment Taijo +was speechless with surprise in the presence of the wise old hermit. + +"Seeing his embarrassment, the old man spoke to him in these words: + +"'What benefit is it for a youth of your abilities to be seeking a stray +falcon? A throne is a richer prize. Betake yourself at once to the +capital.' + +"Now Taijo knew how to take a hint as well as any boy, so he immediately +left the hut of the hermit, forsaking his falcon, and went to Sunto, +then the capital of the kingdom. + +"As I have already told you, Taijo was a wise youth. He did not rush +headlong into the accomplishment of the purpose hinted at by the hermit. +Had he done so, and at that time attempted to dethrone the king, he +would certainly have been overpowered and slain. + +"He took a more deliberate and sensible way. First he enlisted in the +army of the king. As he was a young man of courage and strength, he was +not long in securing advancement. He rapidly rose through the various +grades, until he finally held the chief command of the army as +lieutenant-general. + +"Of course Taijo did not reach this high station in a month, nor in a +year, but many years went by before he attained such an exalted place. +Meanwhile he married and had children. Several of these children were +daughters." + +Wang Ken did not say right here, what he might have said with +truth,--that in Korean families girls are considered of very little +consequence. But in this case Taijo's daughter proved to be of much help +in making her father the king of Cho-sen. + +"One of these daughters was married to the reigning king. Thus Taijo +became father-in-law to his sovereign. You can easily see that in this +relationship he must have had a large influence both over the king and +over the people. + +"Being a brave man and courageous fighter, Taijo was idolized by his +soldiers. He was also very popular with all the people because he was +always strictly honest and just in all his dealings with them. + +"Taijo proved his bravery and his reliance on the soldiers and on the +people by attempting to bring about a change in the conduct of the king, +who abused his power and treated his subjects without mercy. + +"The king, however, refused to listen to the advice of his +father-in-law, and, as a consequence, the hatred of the people for him +grew in volume and force every day. + +"Meanwhile, the king was having other troubles. In former years, Korea +had paid an annual tribute or tax to China, but for some time it had +been held back by this king. Consequently the Chinese (or Ming) emperor +sent a large army to enforce his demand for the amount of money due him. + +"The Korean ruler neglected the matter and finally refused to pay. He +then ordered that more soldiers be added to his army, that the Chinese +forces might be resisted; but with all his efforts the enemy's army was +much the larger. Nevertheless, he ordered Taijo, at the head of his +forces, to attack the Chinese. Upon this, Taijo thus addressed his +soldiers: + +"'Although the order from the king must be obeyed, yet the attack upon +the Ming soldiers, with so small an army as ours, is like casting an egg +against a rock, and no one of us will return alive. I do not tell you +this from any fear of death, but our king is too haughty. He does not +heed our advice. He has ordered out the army suddenly without cause, +paying no attention to the suffering which wives and children of the +soldiers must undergo. This is a thing I cannot bear. Let us go back to +the capital, and the responsibility shall fall on my shoulders alone.' + +"The soldiers were quite willing to take the advice of their courageous +leader, and resolved to obey his orders rather than the king's. They +went to the capital, forcibly removed the king from his throne, and +banished him to the island of Kang-wa. + +"Not yet, however, was Taijo made king. The deposed ruler plotted and +planned all kinds of schemes whereby he might be restored to his old +position of authority. Taijo heard of some of his plots, and finally did +that which would for ever extinguish the authority of the old king or +any of his family. He removed from the temple the tablets on which were +inscribed the names of the king's ancestors. More than this, he ordered +that no more sacrifices be offered to them. + +"The king could have suffered no greater insult than this, for, like +all Koreans, he held as sacred the memory of his ancestors, and even to +speak ill of one of them was an unpardonable crime. But this time he was +powerless to resent the indignity or to punish the offender, and +consequently he lost what little influence he had been able to retain. + +"Taijo was now formally proclaimed king. He was able to make peace with +the Chinese emperor, and under his rule the Koreans enjoyed freedom from +war and oppression. His descendants still sit upon the throne of Korea." + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + + +THE MONK'S STORY + +One evening, after Yung Pak had finished his supper, he sat talking with +his father and Wang Ken. + +The early evening hour was often spent in this way. It was a time of day +when Ki Pak was generally free from any official duty, and he was glad +to devote a little time to his son. He would inquire about the boy's +studies as well as about his sports, and Yung Pak would regale his +father with many an amusing incident or tell him something he had +learned during study hours. Sometimes he would tell of the sights he had +seen on the streets of Seoul, while on other occasions he would give +account of games with his playmates or of his success in shooting with a +bow and arrow. + +This latter sport was very common with the men and boys of Korea. It was +approved by the king for the national defence in time of war, and often +rewards were offered by rich men for winners in contests. Most Korean +gentlemen had private archery grounds and targets in the gardens near +their houses. + +Ki Pak had an arrow-walk and target in his garden, and here it was that +Yung Pak used to practise almost daily. He often, too, invited other +boys to enjoy the sport with him. + +At regular times every year public contests in arrow-shooting were held, +and costly prizes were offered to the winners by the king. The prizes +were highly valued by those who secured them, and Yung Pak looked +forward with eager anticipation to the day when he should be old enough +and skilful enough to take part in these contests. + +While Yung Pak was listening to the conversation between his father and +tutor on this evening, a knock was heard. + +On opening the door there was seen standing at the entrance a man rather +poorly clad in the white garments worn by nearly all the people of +Korea. But upon his head, instead of the ordinary cone-shaped hat worn +by the men of the country, was a very peculiar structure. It was made of +straw and was about four feet in circumference. Its rim nearly concealed +the man's face, which was further hidden by a piece of coarse white +linen cloth stretched upon two sticks and made fast just below the eyes. + +This method of concealing the face, together with the wearing of the +immense hat, was a symbol of mourning. Such a sight was not uncommon in +the streets of Seoul, and Yung Pak knew well its meaning. + +With great courtesy and hospitality Ki Pak invited the stranger within +the house. + +"I thank you for your kindness," said the visitor. "I am a stranger in +your city, a monk from a monastery in Kong-chiu. Your peculiar law not +allowing men upon the street after nightfall compels me to seek +shelter." + +"To that you are entirely welcome, my friend," said Ki Pak, whose +hospitable nature would have granted the monk's request, even if +sympathy for sorrow and reverence for religion had not also been motives +for his action. + +"Let me get the man something to eat," said Yung Pak as the monk seated +himself upon a mat. + +"Certainly, my son; it is always proper to offer food to a guest who +takes refuge under our roof." + +Quickly the boy sought his mother in the women's apartments, and very +soon returned with a steaming bowl of rice, which he placed before the +visitor. + +This gift of rice was especially pleasing to the traveller, as no dish +is held in higher honour in Korea. It is the chief cereal, and the +inhabitants say it originated in Ha-ram, China, nearly five thousand +years ago. Yung Pak called it Syang-nong-si, which means Marvellous +Agriculture. He had learned from Wang Ken that it was first brought to +Korea in 1122 B.C. + +To the monk the warm food was very refreshing, and after he had eaten a +generous amount he entered into conversation with his hosts. + +He told of the monastery where he made his home, and his account of the +various religious ceremonies and their origin was very interesting to +Yung Pak, who found that the visitor not only knew a great deal of the +history of the country, but was also familiar with its fables and +legends. + +Like many who live in retirement and dwell in a world apart from their +fellows, this monk thought the people of former times were superior to +the men of his own day. Especially did he praise the kings of years long +gone by. + +"Do you think," said Yung Pak, "that the old kings were any better than +our own gracious ruler?" + +Yung Pak was very jealous of the honour of his king. + +"Why, yes," replied the monk. "And to prove my statement let me tell you +a story: + +"Many years ago there was in Cho-sen a king named Cheng-chong. He was +celebrated throughout his kingdom for his goodness. It was a habit with +him to disguise himself in ordinary clothing and then to go out and +mingle with the common people. In this way he was often able to +discover opportunities for doing much good to his subjects. + +"One night Cheng-chong disguised himself as a countryman, and, taking a +single friend along, started out to make a tour of inspection among his +people, that he might learn the details of their lives. + +"Coming to a dilapidated-looking house, he suspected that within there +might be miserable people to whom he could render assistance. Desiring +to see the inside of the house, he punched a peep-hole in the paper +door. Looking through this hole, the king perceived an old man weeping, +a man in mourning garb singing, and a nun or widow dancing. + +"Cheng-chong was unable to imagine the cause of these strange +proceedings, so he asked his companion to call the master of the house. + +"In answer to the summons, the man in mourning made his appearance. The +king, with low and respectful salutation, said: + +"'We have never before met.' + +"'True,' was the reply, 'but whence are you? How is it that you should +come to find me at midnight? To what family do you belong?' + +"Cheng-chong answered: 'I am Mr. Ni, living at Tong-ku-an. As I was +passing before your house I was attracted by strange sounds. Then +through a hole in the door I saw an old man crying, a dancing nun, and a +man in mourning singing. Why did the nun dance, the bereaved man sing, +and the old man weep? I have called you out on purpose to learn the +reason of these things.' + +"'For what reason do you pry into other people's business?' was the +question in reply. 'This is little concern to you. It is past midnight +now, and you had better get home as soon as you can.' + +"'No, indeed. I admit that it seems wrong for me to be so curious in +regard to your affairs, but this case is so very extraordinary that I +hope you will not refuse to tell me about it. You may be sure that I +shall not betray your confidence.' + +"'Alas! why such persistence in trying to learn about other people's +business?' + +"'It is very important,' replied the king, 'that I should obtain the +information I have asked of you. Further than that I cannot explain at +present.'" + +Yung Pak wanted to interrupt the storyteller here and say that he did +not blame the man for objecting to telling his private business, but he +had early been taught that it was highly improper for a Korean boy to +break into the conversation of his elders. + +The monk continued: + +"'As you are so urgent in your desire to know the cause of the strange +proceedings you have witnessed, I will try to tell you. Poverty has +always been a burden upon my family. In my house there has never been +sufficient food for a solid meal, and I have not land enough even for an +insect to rest upon. I cannot even provide food for my poor old father. +This is the reason why my wife, from time to time, has cut off a portion +of her hair and sold it for an amount sufficient to buy a bowl of bean +soup, which she has generously given to my father. This evening she cut +off and sold the last tress of her hair, and thus she is now bald as a +nun.'" + +Yung Pak already knew that Korean women who devote their lives to +religious service kept their hair closely clipped, so the monk did not +need to explain his reference to a bald-headed nun. + +"'On this account," said the man to Cheng-chong, 'my father broke out +into mourning in these words: + +"'"Why have I lived to this age? Why did I not die years ago? Why has +this degradation come to my daughter-in-law?" Tears accompanied his +words. My wife and I tried to console him, and, besides urging him not +to weep, she danced for his amusement. I also danced and sang, and thus +we diverted the old man's thoughts and caused him to smile. That is the +true reason of our queer behaviour. I trust you will not think it +strange, and will now go away and leave us to our sorrow.' + +"The king was very much impressed by the man's story, particularly with +the evidence of such great devotion to his father, even in the time of +poverty and misfortune. So he said: 'This is really the most +extraordinary instance of filial love that I ever saw. I think you +should present yourself at the examination to-morrow.' + +"'What examination?' + +"'Why, there is to be an examination before the king of candidates for +official position. You know that all officials have to pass an +examination before they can receive an appointment. Be sure to be +there, and you may be fortunate enough to secure a position which will +remove all fear of poverty from your household.' + +"Having thus spoken, Cheng-chong bade the man good night and went at +once to his palace. + +"Very early in the morning he caused proclamation to be made that an +examination would be held that day, at a certain hour. Notwithstanding +the brief time for preparation, when the hour arrived a large number of +men presented themselves at the king's palace as candidates. + +"In the crowd was the poor man whom the king, in his disguise, had +talked with the night before. Though he understood little of the matter, +he felt that his visitor of the previous night must have known perfectly +about it. + +"When all had assembled, the following was announced as the subject of +the examination: 'The song of a man in mourning, the dance of a nun, the +tears of an old man.' + +"With the exception of the poor man, not a single one of the candidates +was able to make a bit of sense out of the subject. He alone knew it +perfectly well, because of his own personal sad experience. Consequently +he was able to turn in a clear essay upon the subject, which, upon +examination, the king found to be free from error. + +"Cheng-chong then bestowed the degree of doctor upon the man, and +ordered that he be brought into his presence. + +"Upon the man's appearance, the king asked: 'Do you know who I am? It is +I who last night advised you to be present at this examination. Raise +your head and look at me.' + +"With fixed gaze the man looked at the king, and recognized his +benefactor. He at once bowed himself to the ground in gratitude, and in +words of the most humble sort returned his thanks. + +"'Go at once,' said Cheng-chong, 'and return to your wife and old +father. Make them happy with the good news you have for them.' + +"This story of royal generosity has been handed down from generation to +generation, and I give it to you," concluded the monk, "as an example of +the goodness of our ancient kings and the rich inheritance we have from +them. True devotion to parents has never been unrewarded in Korea." + +His story concluded, the monk expressed a desire to retire for the +night. At Ki Pak's command a servant led him to a sleeping-room. Yung +Pak and the other members of the family also retired, and were soon +buried in peaceful slumber. + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + + +A JOURNEY + +It sometimes happened that Ki Pak, in performing his official duties, +was obliged to make long journeys to various parts of Korea. One of Yung +Pak's greatest pleasures was to listen to the stories which his father +used to tell him about these journeys. + +When Ki Pak made one of these trips through the country he could not +ride on the cars as you do, for there were no railways, with puffing +engines and comfortable coaches; neither could he take a carriage drawn +by swift and strong horses, for they too were unknown by the Koreans. +Even if he had possessed horses and carriage, there were few roads over +which they could have been driven. Most of the highways were simply +rough paths, over which men usually travelled on foot or on the backs of +ponies up and down the hills of the country. It was generally necessary +to cross rivers by fording, though, where the water was too deep for +this, rude and clumsy ferry-boats were provided. Occasionally, over a +narrow stream, a frail footbridge would be built. + +You can easily imagine Yung Pak's joy and surprise one day when his +father told him that he proposed to take his little son on his next +journey. + +Ki Pak had been ordered by the king to go to Chang-an-sa, a city among +the Diamond Mountains, near the eastern coast of Korea, and about eighty +miles from Seoul. In this place was a famous monastery, or temple, which +would be an object of much interest and wonder to Yung Pak. + +It was decided, also, that Wang Ken should be one of the party. He +would be able to explain to Yung Pak many things they might see on the +way. + +There was much to do to get ready for the journey. It would take four +days to cover the distance, and, as hotels were unknown along the route, +it was necessary to take along a good supply of provisions, bedding, +cooking utensils, and all sorts of things they might need while absent +from home. + +In addition to getting together all this material, ponies and drivers +had to be engaged. Sometimes, when Ki Pak went on short journeys, he was +carried in a chair by strong men, who by much practice had become able +to endure the fatigue of travel, and of bearing heavy burdens. This +chair was very different from the kind you have in your houses. Even a +comfortable rocker would not be very nice in which to take a long +journey. + +The Korean traveller's chair consists of a boxlike frame, of such +height that one may sit within in Turkish fashion upon the floor. The +roof is of bamboo, covered with painted and oiled paper. The sides also +are covered with oiled paper or muslin. In some cases a small stained +glass window is set in the side or front, but only rich men can afford +this luxury. The curtain in front can be raised or lowered. This serves +the double purpose of shutting out the glances of the curious and +keeping out the cold air. When the owner can afford it, an ample supply +of cushions and shawls makes the clumsy vehicle more comfortable for its +occupant. + +The chair rests upon two long poles, which hang by straps upon the +shoulders of four stout men. Under ordinary circumstances these men can +travel with their burden from twenty to thirty miles a day. + +Sometimes, also, when Yung Pak's father went about the streets of +Seoul, he rode in a chair very similar to the one just described. The +only difference was that it rested on a framework attached to a single +wheel directly underneath. This cross between a wheelbarrow and a +sedan-chair was supported and trundled along the street by four bearers. + +On this journey, however, Yung Pak and his companions were to ride on +ponies. + +The Korean ponies are small, fine-coated animals, little larger than +Shetland ponies. They are very tough and strong, and can endure long +marches with little food. They are sometimes obstinate and are desperate +fighters, squealing and neighing on all occasions. They often attack +other ponies, and never become friendly with each other on a journey. In +their attacks upon one another loads are forgotten and often seriously +damaged. Notwithstanding, they bear with much patience a great deal of +abuse from unkind masters. Because of much beating and overloading, +they are generally a sorry-looking lot of animals. + +Ki Pak had to engage ponies for himself, Yung Pak, and Wang Ken. He was +also obliged to employ a cook for the journey, who had to have a pony to +carry along the kettles and pans and other utensils. It was also +necessary to hire body-servants and several ponies to carry luggage, and +as each pony must have a _mapu_, or groom, it made quite a procession +when the party started out of Seoul on the journey to the northeast. + +It was a fine day when the start was made. It was not early in the +morning, for, if there is anything a Korean hates to do, it is to make +an early start on a journey. If you had been in Yung Pak's place, you +would have gone crazy with impatience. The servants were late in +bringing around the ponies, and the process of loading them was a very +slow one. + +But Yung Pak had long before learned to be patient under such +circumstances. In fact, he seemed to care little whether the start were +made in the morning or at noon. He calmly watched the servants at their +work, and, when at last all was declared ready, he gravely mounted his +pony and fell into the procession behind his father, with Wang Ken +immediately following. + +A most comical sight was the cook, perched on top of his load of pans, +pots, and potatoes. As his pony trotted along with the others, it looked +as if the cook was in constant danger of a fall from his lofty seat, but +he sat as calm and unconcerned as one could imagine. + +You would laugh if you should see the strings of eggs hanging across +this pony's back--yes, eggs. They were packed in bands of wheat straw, +and between each pair of eggs a straw was twisted. Thus a straw rope +enclosing twenty or more eggs, well protected, was made and thrown over +the top of the load. + +Other riders had more comfortable seats, for most of the ponies carried +baggage in two wicker baskets,--one strapped upon each side,--and on top +of these was piled bedding and wadded clothing, which made a soft seat +for the rider. + +The _mapus_ who accompanied the procession were dressed in short cotton +jackets, loose trousers, with sandals and cotton wrappings upon the +feet. They had to step lively to keep up with the ponies. + +All the people in this company carried with them long garments made of +oiled paper. You have already learned that the Korean paper is very +tough, and when soaked with oil it forms a splendid protection against +the rain. Many of these garments had a very peculiar appearance, because +they were made of paper on which had been set copies for schoolboys to +use in learning to write. + +As Yung Pak and his companions passed along the dirty streets of Seoul +toward a gate in the great wall, a curious crowd was attracted by the +unusual sight. This mob of men and boys were good-natured, but very +curious, and it gathered so close as to impede the progress of the +ponies. Moreover, a watchful eye had to be kept on all the luggage, lest +some over-covetous person might steal the provisions and supplies on the +ponies' backs. + +Notwithstanding the slow progress made by Ki Pak's company, it took only +a short time to pass through the narrow streets and out by the great +gate, leaving behind the noisy mob of men and boys who had followed them +to the city's wall. + +Once outside, upon the road which wound around and over the high hills +that surround the city, the pure country air seemed very sweet and +refreshing to Yung Pak, who knew nothing of life outside Seoul. This was +his first journey into the country, and the many strange sights drew +exclamations of surprise and wonder from him. The green waving grass and +swaying foliage of the trees were ever new sources of joy and pleasure, +and the delicate odours which the breezes bore to his sensitive nostrils +were refreshing and life-giving. + +Among the strange sights which attracted Yung Pak's attention, as they +rode along through the country, were some very curious figures erected +by the roadside. These were posts, one side of which was roughly planed. +On the upper part of each of these posts was a rude carving of a hideous +human face with prominent teeth. The cheeks and teeth were slightly +coloured. A most fiendish appearance was presented by these figures, +called by the Koreans _syou-sal-mak-i_, and if looks counted for +anything, they ought well to serve their purpose,--the scaring away of +evil spirits from the village near which the figures always stood. The +mile-posts, or _fjang-seung_, along the way were often similarly +decorated. + +[Illustration: "ON THE UPPER PART OF EACH OF THESE POSTS WAS A RUDE +CARVING"] + +Another curiosity by the wayside which led to wonder on Yung Pak's part +was an old trunk of a tall tree. For about thirty feet from the ground +this was painted in coloured stripes very much like a barber's pole. The +top and branches of the tree had been trimmed off, and the upper end was +rudely carved in a shape representing a dragon with a forked tail. From +the head, which resembled that of an alligator, hung various cords, to +which were attached small brass bells and a wooden fish. Wang Ken told +Yung Pak that this was a monument to some famous Korean "doctor of +literature." + +On the first day's journey toward Chang-an-sa the party made good +progress. The plan was to get to Yong-pyöng, about twenty miles from +Seoul, before nightfall. To you this would seem a short day's journey, +but when it is remembered that many of the servants were on foot, and +that the little ponies were heavily loaded, it does not seem so strange +that more ground could not be covered in one day. In addition, in many +places the roads were poor, though in the valleys there was a smooth +bottom where the sand had washed down from the hills. + +On some of these hillsides little villages were perched. Yung Pak +noticed that on the upper side of each of these hill-towns was a +moon-shaped wall. + +"What is that wall for?" he asked Wang Ken as they passed one. + +"That protects the village in time of rainstorms," replied the tutor. +"The soil here is of such a nature that it easily washes away, and if +the town were unprotected the earth would soon be swept from beneath the +houses. If you will look sharply, you will see outside the wall a deep +trench which carries off the rushing water." + +As they were slowly riding along a road which wound around and over a +high hill Yung Pak still kept his eyes wide open for strange sights. +Suddenly he lifted his arm, and, pointing toward a tree upon a little +hill at one side of the road, he said to Wang Ken: + +"Oh, what a queer-looking tree that is! And are not those strange leaves +on it? What kind of a tree is it, anyway?" + +"Ha, ha!" laughed Wang Ken, "I don't wonder that you call that a +strange-looking tree. Let's take a walk up to it and get a closer view." + +So the ponies were halted, and down sprang Yung Pak and Wang Ken. +Leaving the ponies in charge of the _mapus_, they marched up the hill to +get a nearer sight of the tree. + +"Why," said the boy, as they approached it, "those are not leaves that +we saw from the road, but they are rags and strips of cloth. It looks as +if some one had hung out their clothes to dry and forgotten to take them +in again. What does it all mean?" + +"That tree, my boy," Wang Ken replied, "is called the sacred devil-tree. +That is a queer combination of names, but you know there are a lot of +ignorant people in our country who are very superstitious. They believe +in all sorts of evil and good spirits. They think these spirits watch +every act of their lives. Consequently they do all they can to please +the good spirits and to drive away the evil ones. This tree they believe +has power to keep off the bad spirits, so every man who thinks that a +demon has possession of him tears a piece of cloth from his garment and +carefully ties it to a branch. That is how all these strips you see come +to be hanging above you. Some have hung there so long that the wind and +rain have torn them to rags." + +"Yes, but why is this done?" asked Yung Pak. + +"Because," was the reply, "a man who is possessed by an evil spirit +thinks that by thus tying a part of his clothing to the tree he may +induce the spirit to attach himself to it instead of to his own person." + +Yung Pak's curiosity satisfied, they returned to the road, mounted their +ponies, and quickly caught up with the rest of the party. + +No further incidents of special importance marked this first day's +journey, and shortly before nightfall they arrived at the town of +Yong-pyöng. They found the village inn to be a series of low, small +buildings built on three sides of a courtyard. Into low sheds in this +yard the ponies were crowded and the luggage removed from their backs. +Ki Pak's servants proceeded to build a fire in the centre of the yard +and the cook made preparations for getting supper. Travellers had to +provide a large part of their own meals, for, as already stated, these +village inns were not hotels in the real sense of the word. They were +simply rude lodging-places where travellers might be protected from the +night air and have a chance to sleep while passing through the country. + +Into the main waiting-room of the inn Yung Pak, with his father and +tutor, entered. At the door they removed their shoes and left them +outside. In the room were several other travellers seated upon the +floor, which was covered with oiled paper and grass mats. There was +absolutely no furniture. The walls were covered with clean white paper. +Each man in the room was smoking a pipe, which consisted of a brass bowl +and a reed stem over three feet long. All wore long white robes, though +one of the occupants had hung his hat upon the wall. + +Into this room after a time the cook brought supper for his masters. +Other servants brought in boxes which were used as tables, and though +the style was not just what Yung Pak was used to, he managed to eat a +hearty meal. The day in the open air had given him a hunger and a zest +he rarely knew. + +After supper, for a short time Yung Pak and Wang Ken talked over with Ki +Pak the events of the day. A servant soon announced that their +sleeping-rooms were ready, and they gladly at once sought their beds. To +get to their rooms they again stepped out into the courtyard. They found +that each bedroom was one of the little buildings facing the yard. Yung +Pak and Wang Ken occupied one room, while Ki Pak had a room by himself. +Through a narrow door about three feet high the lad and his tutor +entered their room. The door was simply a lattice shutter covered with +paper. The room was very small,--barely space for the two mattresses +which had been put there by the servants, and the ceiling was so low +that even the short Koreans could hardly stand upright. Yet here our two +friends managed to make themselves very comfortable for the night. + +Outside in the courtyard the fire was kept burning, beside which two +watchmen sat all night smoking and telling stories. It was necessary to +maintain a watch till morning because the country districts of Korea are +infested with wild animals, particularly tigers, and the bright blaze of +the fire served to keep them at a distance. Otherwise the thin-walled +houses would have been slight protection for the sleeping travellers. + +As it was, Yung Pak slept soundly the whole night, and did not awake +until after daylight, when servants brought to his door a wooden bowl +and a brass vessel full of water for his morning bath. Quickly he sprang +up, and with his companions made ready for the day's journey, for they +were all anxious to be on their way. + +[Illustration: "THE DAY WAS PASSED IN MUCH THE SAME MANNER AS THE +PRECEDING ONE"] + +Breakfast was served in much the same manner as the supper of the +previous evening had been. Of this meal all heartily partook, for a +Korean is never guilty of having a poor appetite. + +As usual, it took a long time to get the ponies properly loaded and +ready to start, and the forenoon was about half-gone when the procession +finally left the courtyard of the inn. + +A twenty-mile march would bring the party to Rang-chyön, where it was +proposed to spend the second night of the journey. + +The day was passed in much the same manner as the preceding one, though +of course new scenes proved ever interesting to Yung Pak. During this +day the party had to cross a river which was too deep to ford, and over +which there was no sort of bridge. For the assistance of travellers a +ferry-boat had been provided. This boat was a broad, flat-bottomed, +clumsy affair. It could carry but three ponies at a time, with several +men. The men in charge of the boat were slow and obstinate, and +consequently it took a long time for all to get across the river. + +It was right here that an unfortunate, yet laughable, accident occurred. + +As on the preceding day, the cook rode perched upon his pony's load of +kettles, pans, and pots. When riding along a good road his position was +precarious enough, requiring all his best efforts to maintain his +balance. + +When his turn came to go upon the ferry-boat, Ki Pak advised him to +dismount and lead his pony across the plank which covered the watery +space between the bank of the river and the boat. But the cook was an +obstinate Korean, as well as a trifle lazy, and refused to get down, +thinking he could safely drive his beast across the gang-plank. +Ordinarily this would have been possible, but on this particular +occasion, just as the pony stepped upon the plank, the boat gave a +lurch, the plank slipped, and overboard went pony, cook, and all. For a +few moments there was enough bustle and excitement to suit any one. +Fortunately, the water was not deep, and quickly the drenched animal and +man were pulled from the water. The only permanent harm was to some of +the provisions that were a part of the pony's load. The cook was a wiser +as well as a wet man, and made up his mind that the next time he would +heed the advice to dismount when boarding a ferry-boat. + +The day's journey was completed without further special incident, and at +night they rested in the inn at Rang-chyön under conditions much the +same as at Yong-pyöng. + +The third day's journey brought the company to Kewen-syong. On the way +thither Yung Pak was much interested in the sights of the country, which +grew wilder and more strange the farther they got from Seoul. On this +day numerous highwaymen were met, but they dared not molest the +travellers on account of the large number in the party. + +The cabins along the country roads were a continual source of curiosity +to Yung Pak. They were built of mud, without windows, and no door except +a screen of cords. In nearly every doorway would be sitting a man, +smoking a long-stemmed pipe, who looked with wide-open eyes at the +unusual procession passing his house. + +Of course all the men who lived in these country cabins were farmers, +and Yung Pak liked to watch them as they worked in their fields, for to +the city-bred boy this is always an entrancing sight. What seemed most +curious to him was the fact that women were also at work in the fields. +At his home the women of the family nearly always stayed in their own +apartments, and when they did go out always went heavily veiled. These +country women not only assisted in the farm work, but they had to do all +the spinning and weaving for the family, in addition to usual household +cares. + +Wang Ken was able to tell Yung Pak much about country life, for, like +most of the school-masters of Korea, he was himself a farmer's son. He +told how the Korean farmer lived a simple, patient life, while at the +same time he was ignorant and superstitious. He believed in demons, +spirits, and dragons, and in nearly every house were idols in honour of +the imaginary deities. + +Pigs and bulls are the chief animals on Korean farms. The latter are +used as beasts of burden, though occasionally a more prosperous man may +own a pony or a donkey. The farming tools are extremely rude and simple, +thus necessitating the labour of several men or women where one man +could do the work with good tools. + +While travelling along Yung Pak met several hunters. They were not an +uncommon sight on the streets of Seoul. When in the city they wore a +rough felt conical hat and dark blue cotton robe. The garments were ugly +in appearance and inconvenient. When the hunters were after game the +robe was discarded, and its place taken by a short wadded jacket, its +sleeves bound around the arms over wadded cuffs which reached from wrist +to elbow. In a similar way the trousers were bound to the calf of the +hunter's leg, and light straw sandals over a long piece of cotton cloth +were strapped to the feet and ankles. A huge string game-bag was slung +over his back, and in an antelope's horn or a crane's bill bullets were +carried. Powder was kept dry in a tortoise-shaped case of leather or +oiled paper. + +Yung Pak's father would have been glad to have taken time for seeking +game with some of these hunters, but the business of his trip prevented +any unnecessary delay on the journey. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + + +THE MONASTERY AT CHANG-AN-SA + +In the latter part of the afternoon of the fourth day, our travellers, +weary and worn with the long journey, came in sight of Chang-an-sa, the +Temple of Eternal Rest, one of the oldest monasteries of Korea, where +hundreds of monks devoted their lives to the service of Buddha. + +The temple buildings, with deep curved roofs, are in a glorious +situation on a small level lot of grassy land crowded between the high +walls of a rocky ravine. + +Yung Pak was delighted at his first sight of the great temple and the +surrounding buildings. Through the swaying branches of the forest-trees +he caught brief glimpses of the granite walls and turrets reddening in +the sunset glow. The deepening gloom of the gorge was lighted by the +slant beams of the setting sun, and on the water in the stream below +flecks of foam sparkled and danced in the light of the dying day. + +At first conversation was out of the question in the presence of such a +majestic display of nature's wonders combined with the handiwork of man. + +Coming to a gate of red stone, Yung Pak asked the meaning of the carved +arrow in the arch overhead. + +"That arrow," replied his father, "signifies that the temples to which +this gate is the outer entrance are under the patronage of the king. +Wherever you see that sign, you may know that the king has a special +interest, and his messengers will be treated with respect and +hospitality. Consequently we may expect to be well cared for during our +visit to this place." + +Passing through the gate, our friends found themselves at once in the +midst of the Chang-an-sa monastery buildings. In addition to the great +chief temple, there were many smaller places of worship, with bell and +tablet houses. There were also cells and sleeping-rooms for the monks, +servants' quarters, stables, a huge kitchen, and an immense dining-room, +together with a large guest-hall and a nunnery. In addition there were +several buildings devoted to the care of the aged, the infirm, and the +sick. All these places, during his stay, Yung Pak visited in company +with Wang Ken and guided by one of the monks. + +Besides the buildings already mentioned there were several houses that +had been erected by the king on purpose for the use of his officials, +and it was to one of these that Ki Pak and his son and Wang Ken were led +by several of the priests of the monastery. In the meantime, the +servants and the ponies were cared for in other places assigned for the +purpose. + +Yung Pak was not sorry to arrive at his journey's end, even though he +had enjoyed himself every moment of the time since he left Seoul. A four +days' ride on the back of a pony will make the most enthusiastic +traveller tired, and Yung Pak was glad to get to bed in the comfortable +room provided just as soon as he had eaten his supper. His night's sleep +was a sound one, though at midnight, and again at four o'clock in the +morning, he was awakened by the ringing of bells and gongs that called +the monks to the worship of Buddha. + +In the morning Yung Pak awoke greatly refreshed, and, after a bountiful +breakfast, he started out with Wang Ken, guided by a monk, to see the +wonders of Chang-an-sa monastery. + +One of the first things he noticed was the large number of boys about +the place. He learned from the guide that these lads were all orphans +who were being cared for by the priests, and who, later in life, would +themselves become priests of Buddha. They were all bright and active, +and were kept busily employed as waiters and errand-runners when they +were not at work on their studies. Like most boys, however, they managed +to get a generous share of time for play. + +It would be impossible to tell in detail about all the strange things +Yung Pak saw at this monastery. The chief temple was an enormous +structure of stone and tile and carved wood, all decorated in gorgeous +combinations of red, green, gold, and white. + +Within this temple was one room called the "chamber of imagery." Inside +its darkened walls a single monk chanted his monotonous prayer before +an altar. During the chant he also occupied himself by striking a small +bell with a deer-horn. Bells played a great part in the worship at +Chang-an-sa, and all the prayers were emphasized by the clanging of +bells great or small. + +Along the shadowy walls of this room could be seen the weapons, as well +as the eyes and teeth, the legs and arms, of gods and demons otherwise +invisible. These had a ghostly effect on Yung Pak, and made him cling +closely to the side of his tutor. + +Above the altar before which the priest knelt was an immense carving in +imitation of an uprooted tree. Among the roots thus exposed were placed +fifty-three idols in all kinds of positions. Beneath the carving were +represented three fierce-looking dragons, on whose faces were signs of +the most awful torment and suffering. + +"About this altar-piece," said Yung Pak's guide, "there is a legend you +might like to hear." + +"Oh, yes," was the reply, "tell us the story." + +"Many years ago," began the guide, "fifty-three Buddhist priests came +from India to Korea for the purpose of converting the people to their +belief. When they reached this place they were very tired, and sat down +by a spring beneath the wide-spreading branches of a tree. They had not +been there long when three dragons appeared and attacked the priests. +During the contest the dragons called up a great wind which uprooted the +tree. In return, each of the priests placed an image of Buddha on a +tree-root, turning it into an altar. Thus they were able to overcome the +dragons, who were forced into the spring. On top of them great stones +were piled, and afterward the monastery of Chang-an-sa was built upon +the site of the battle between the priests and the dragons." + +Afterward Yung Pak visited the great kitchens, the dining-rooms, the +stables, the private rooms of the monks, and every place which might be +of interest to an inquisitive boy of his age. + +During the time he remained at Chang-an-sa he made several excursions +into the surrounding country, but always returning to the monastery at +night. + +Meanwhile Ki Pak had transacted the business for which he came to this +region, and at the end of ten days was ready to return to Seoul. + +Of this journey it is not necessary to tell. No mishap marred the +pleasure of the trip, and all returned safe and sound to their home in +the capital city of Korea. Yung Pak had enjoyed the journey very, very +much, yet he was not sorry once more to be among the familiar scenes and +surroundings of home. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + + +A FULL-FLEDGED TOP-KNOT + +Like all Korean boys, Yung Pak wore his hair in two braids, and by the +time he was twelve years old these had become very long, and hung in +black and glossy plaits down his back. + +On the day that he was thirteen his father called him to his room and +told the lad that the time had come for him to assume the dignities of a +man. In accordance with that statement, he had decided that on the next +day his son should be formally "invested" with the top-knot. In other +words, the crown of his head was to be shaven, and his long hair tightly +coiled upon the bare place thus made. This is called the "Investiture +of the Top-knot," and is always attended by solemn ceremonies. + +In preparation for this event Ki Pak had made careful and elaborate +arrangements. He had provided for his son new clothes and a hat after +the style of his own. He had also consulted an eminent astrologer, who +had chosen the propitious day and hour for the ceremony after due +consultation of the calendar and the stars and planets in their courses. + +Generally, if the father is blessed with good fortune and a number of +sons, he acts as his own master of ceremonies on such an occasion, but +as Ki Pak had only this one son he decided to ask his brother, Wu-pom +Nai, who had several sons and was a prosperous merchant of Seoul, to +fill this important position. + +Yung Pak could hardly wait for the morrow to come. So excited was he at +the thought of the great honour that was to be his that he spent almost +a sleepless night. However, like all nights, long or short, this one +passed, and the wished-for hour at last arrived. + +All the male members of the family were present. Korean women are +reckoned of little importance and take no part in social and family +affairs. On this occasion no men except relatives were asked to attend. + +Yung Pak was directed to seat himself on the floor in the centre of the +room, facing the east. This was the point of compass revealed by the +astrologer as most favourable to the young candidate for manly honours. + +With great deliberation and much formality Wu-pom Nai proceeded to +loosen the boy's heavy plaits of hair. Then with great care, while the +onlookers watched with breathless interest, he shaved the crown of the +lad's head, making a bare circular spot about three inches in diameter. +Over this spot he twisted all the remaining hair into a coil about four +inches long, pointing slightly forward like a horn. + +Over the top-knot thus made the master of ceremonies placed the +_mang-kun,_ which was a crownless skull-cap made of a very delicate +stiff gauze. This was tied on very tightly,--so tightly that it made a +deep ridge in Yung Pak's forehead and gave him a severe headache; but he +bore the pain heroically and without flinching--for was he not now a +man? The regular Korean man's hat, with its flapping wings, was next put +on, and this part of the ceremony was complete. + +Yung Pak now rose from his position, and made a deep bow to each one in +the room, beginning with his father, and then in regular order according +to relationship. Afterward, accompanied by his relatives, he proceeded +to the room where were placed the tablets in memory of his ancestors. +There he offered sacrifice before each one in turn. Lighted candles in +brass candlesticks he placed in front of each tablet, and beside the +candles he put dishes of sacrificial food and fruit. Then, as before +his living relatives, he bowed profoundly to the tablets of the dead +ones, and formally and seriously let them know that he had been +regularly invested with the top-knot, and now had the right to be +regarded as a man. + +The sacrifices made, Yung Pak called at the homes of all the male +friends of the family, who now for the first time looked upon him as +their equal, and in the evening Ki Pak gave a great dinner in honour of +his son. Here there was much feasting and rejoicing, and all united in +wishing the greatest prosperity and lifelong happiness to the little +Korean boy now become a man. + +He is no longer our _little_ Korean cousin. Hence, we leave him at this +point, joining heartily in the best wishes and the compliments bestowed +upon him by his friends. + + +THE END. + + + + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Our Little Korean Cousin, by H. Lee M. Pike + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 12048 *** diff --git a/12048-h/12048-h.htm b/12048-h/12048-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f89e87b --- /dev/null +++ b/12048-h/12048-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,1935 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> + +<html> +<head> + <meta name="generator" content= + "HTML Tidy for Windows (vers 1st February 2004), see www.w3.org"> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content= + "text/html; charset=UTF-8"> + + <title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Our Little Korean Cousin, + by H. Lee M. Pike.</title> + <style type="text/css"> + /*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ + <!-- + P { margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + } + HR { width: 33%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + } + BODY{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + .linenum {position: absolute; top: auto; left: 4%;} /* poetry number */ + .note {margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;} /* footnote */ + .blkquot {margin-left: 4em; margin-right: 4em;} /* block indent */ + .pagenum {position: absolute; left: 92%; font-size: smaller;} /* page numbers */ + .sidenote {width: 20%; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: 1em; padding-left: 1em; font-size: smaller; float: right; clear: right;} + + .poem {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; text-align: left;} + .poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} + .poem p {margin: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem p.i2 {margin-left: 2em;} + .poem p.i4 {margin-left: 4em;} + .poem .caesura {vertical-align: -200%;} + .list + {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .rom + {list-style-type: upper-roman;} + // --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> +</head> + +<body> +<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 12048 ***</div> + + <h1>Our Little Korean Cousin</h1> + + <h3>By</h3> + + <h2>H. Lee M. Pike</h2> + + <p style="text-align: center;"><i>Illustrated by</i></p> + + <p style="text-align: center;">L.J. Bridgman</p><br> + + <center> + <a name="ILL_0"></a> <img src="images/0.jpg" width="229" + height="345" alt= + ""THE DAY WAS PASSED IN MUCH THE SAME MANNER AS THE PRECEDING ONE"" + title=""> + </center> + + <hr style="width:65%;"> + + <h2>Preface</h2><br> + + <p>Until very recently little has been known of the strange land + in which the subject of this tale lives. Recent events have done + much to introduce Korea and its people to the world at large. For + this reason the story of Yung Pak's youthful days may be the more + interesting to his Western cousins.</p> + + <p>These are stirring times in Korea, and it may safely be + prophesied that the little Koreans of the present day will occupy + a larger place in the world's history than have their fathers and + grandfathers. Their bright eyes are now turned toward the light, + and, under the uplifting influences of education and + civilization, the old superstitions and antique customs are bound + to give way.</p> + + <p>Some famous Americans and Englishmen have had no small part in + letting in the light upon this dark nation, and in years to come, + when Korea shall have attained to the full stature of national + strength, the names of Rodgers, Blake, Kimberly, and many others + will be held in high esteem by the people of that country.</p> + + <p>This little volume gives just a glimpse into the mode of life, + the habits and customs, the traditions and superstitions, of the + Koreans. If it awakens an interest in the minds of its young + readers, and inspires them with a desire for further knowledge of + their cousins in this far Eastern land, its purpose will be well + served.</p> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="Contents"></a> + + <h2>Contents</h2> + + <div class="list"> + <ol class="rom"> + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_I">SOME QUEER THINGS</a></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_II">YUNG PAK'S HOME</a></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_III">A GLIMPSE OF THE KING</a></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_IV">YUNG PAK AT SCHOOL</a></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_V">A LESSON IN HISTORY</a></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_VI">THE MONK'S STORY</a></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_VII">A JOURNEY</a></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII">THE MONASTERY AT + CHANG-AN-SA</a></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_IX">A FULL-FLEDGED TOP-KNOT</a></li> + </ol> + </div> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="List_of_Illustrations"></a> + + <h2>List of Illustrations</h2> + + <div class="list"> + <ol class="rom"> + <li><a href="#ILL_0">FRONT</a></li> + <li><a href="#ILL_I">YUNG PAK A STREET IN SEOUL</a></li> + + <li><a href="#ILL_II">ALL THE BOYS SIT UPON THE + FLOOR</a></li> + + <li><a href="#ILL_III">HE MUST DROP TO HIS KNEES AND MAKE A + PROFOUND SALUTE</a></li> + + <li><a href="#ILL_IV">ON THE UPPER PART OF EACH OF THESE + POSTS WAS A RUDE CARVING</a></li> + + <li><a href="#ILL_V">THE DAY WAS PASSED IN MUCH THE SAME + MANNER AS THE PRECEDING ONE</a></li> + </ol> + </div> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="OUR_LITTLE_KOREAN_COUSIN"></a> + + <h2>OUR LITTLE KOREAN COUSIN</h2> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="CHAPTER_I"></a> + + <h2>CHAPTER I.</h2><br> + + <center> + SOME QUEER THINGS + </center> + + <p>Yung Pak was the very queer name of a queer little boy who + lived in a queer house in a queer city. This boy was peculiar in + his looks, his talk was in a strange tongue, his clothes were odd + in colour and fit, his shoes were unlike ours, and everything + about him would seem to you very unusual in appearance. But the + most wonderful thing of all was that he did not think he was a + bit queer, and if he should see one of you in your home, or at + school, or at play, he would open wide his slant eyes with wonder + at your peculiar ways and dress. The name of the country in which + this little boy lived is Korea.</p> + + <p>One thing about Yung Pak, though, was just like little boys + everywhere. When he first came to his home in the Korean city, a + little bit of a baby, his father and mother were very, very glad + to see him. Your father and mother gave you no warmer welcome + than the parents of this little Korean baby gave to him.</p> + + <p>Perhaps Yung Pak's father did not say much, but any one could + have seen by his face that he was tremendously pleased. He was a + very dignified man, and his manner was nearly always calm, no + matter how stirred up he might have felt in his mind. This was + one of the rare occasions when his face expanded into a smile, + and he immediately made a generous offering of rice to the + household tablets.</p> + + <p>All Koreans pay great honour to their dead parents, and + tablets to their memory are placed in some room set apart for the + purpose. Before these tablets sacrifices are offered. Yung Pak's + father would have been almost overwhelmed with terror at thought + of having no one to worship his memory and present offerings + before his tablet.</p> + + <p>It is to be feared that if, instead of Yung Pak, a little + daughter had come to this Korean house, the father and the mother + would not have been so pleased. For, strange as it may seem to + you who live in homes where little daughters and little sisters + are petted and loved above all the rest of the family, in Korea + little girls do not receive a warm welcome, though the mothers + will cherish and fondle them—as much from pity as from + love. The mothers know better than any one else how hard a way + the little girl will have to travel through life.</p> + + <p>But it is Yung Pak we want to tell you about.</p> + + <p>As his father was a wealthy man, all the comforts and luxuries + which could be given to a Korean baby were showered on this tiny + boy.</p> + + <p>One of the queer things, though, was that he had no little + cradle in which he might be rocked to sleep. And you know that + all babies, especially little babies, sleep a great deal. So how + do you suppose Yung Pak's mother used to put him to sleep in this + land where cradles were unknown? She put him on the bed and + patted him lightly on the stomach. This she called <i>to-tak, + to-tak</i>.</p> + + <p>As Yung Pak grew older he was given many toys, among them + rattles, drums, flags, and dolls, just as you had them. Some of + the toys, though, were very peculiar ones—different from + anything you ever saw. He had little tasselled umbrellas, just + like the big one his father used when he walked out in the sun. + He also had little fringed hats and toy chariots with fancy + wheels. One of Yung Pak's favourite toys was a wooden + jumping-jack with a pasteboard tongue. By pulling a string the + tongue was drawn in and a trumpet carried up to the mouth.</p> + + <p>Another favourite toy was a tiger on wheels. Tiger-hunting, by + the way, was considered great sport by Yung Pak's father. It was + a very dangerous one, too, and sometimes lives were sacrificed in + his efforts to capture or to kill this fierce wild beast. + Sometimes the animal was caught in a trap which was nothing less + than a hut of logs with a single entrance. In the roof of the hut + heavy beams would be placed on a forked stick. The bait—a + young lamb or kid—would be tied beneath the beams. The + moment the bait was touched, down would come the heavy + timber—smash—on the tiger's head.</p> + + <p>But Yung Pak's tiger was ferocious only in looks. It was made + of paper pulp and painted with bright stripes. This harmless + image of a fierce beast Yung Pak would pull about the floor with + a string by the hour.</p> + + <p>All his pets were not of wood and paper. Real live animals he + had. Puppies and kittens, of course. His greatest pet, though, + was a monkey. What little boy ever saw a monkey that he didn't + want for his own? So when Yung Pak's father made him a present of + a monkey—a real monkey—alive—he just danced + with glee.</p> + + <p>This monkey was not a very large one,—not over a foot + high,—but he could cut capers and play tricks equal to any + monkey you ever saw travelling with an organ-grinder. He was + dressed in a scarlet jacket, and he was always with Yung Pak, + except sometimes when he would try to plague him by breaking away + and running—perhaps to the house-top or to the neighbour's + garden.</p> + + <p>After a little while Yung Pak got used to these "monkey + shines," and he knew that his pet would not stay away long after + mealtime.</p> + + <p>As Yung Pak grew older he was allowed to play with other boys + of his own age. A favourite sport was Hunting the Ring. In this + game the boys would get together quite a large heap of sand. In + this sand one of them would hide a ring, and then the urchins + would all get slender sticks and poke around in the pile trying + to find the ring. Whoever succeeded in getting the ring on his + stick won the game, and carried the prize home as a sign of + victory.</p> + + <p>Sometimes Yung Pak would be the winner, and then he would + march home with great glee and show the trophy to his father.</p> + + <p>One of the first things Yung Pak was taught was to be + respectful to his father. Never was he allowed to fail in this + duty in the least. This does not seem strange when we know what a + sober, serious, dignified man Yung Pak's father was. It would not + do to allow his son to do anything that would upset his dignity, + though he loved him very much indeed.</p> + + <p>It was far different with the boy's mother. Her little boy + soon learned that her wishes counted for very little in the + family, and she never ventured to rebuke him, no matter how + seriously he might offend her or what naughty thing he might + do.</p> + + <p>One queer thing about Yung Pak was the way he used to wear his + hair. While still very young his head was shaved, except a little + round spot on the very crown. Here it was allowed to grow, and as + years went by it grew quite long, and was braided in two plaits + down his back.</p> + + <p>When Yung Pak grew to be a man the long hair was knotted up on + top of his head, and for this reason many people call Koreans + "Top-knots." But of this arrangement of the hair we shall tell + more farther on.</p> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="CHAPTER_II"></a> + + <h2>CHAPTER II.</h2><br> + + <center> + YUNG PAK'S HOME + </center> + + <p>Ki Pak, Yung Pak's father, was one of the king's officials. On + this account his home was near the great palace of the king, in + the city of Seoul, the capital of the country.</p> + + <p>This city did not look much like the ones in which you live. + There were no wide streets, no high buildings, no street-cars. + Instead, there were narrow, dirty lanes and open gutters. + Shopkeepers not only occupied both sides of the crowded streets, + but half their wares were exposed in and over the dirty gutters. + Grain merchants and vegetable dealers jostled each other in the + streets themselves. In and about among them played the boys of + the city, not even half-clothed in most cases. There were no + parks and playgrounds for them such as you have. Often, too, boys + would be seen cantering through the streets, seated sidewise on + the bare backs of ponies, caring nothing for passers-by, ponies, + or each other—laughing, chatting, eating chestnuts. Other + boys would be carrying on their heads small round tables covered + with dishes of rice, pork, cabbage, wine, and other things.</p> + + <center> + <a name="ILL_I"></a> <img src="images/1.jpg" width="232" + height="348" alt="A STREET IN SEOUL" title=""> + </center> + + <h5>A STREET IN SEOUL</h5> + + <p>Around the city was a great wall of stone fourteen miles in + length. In some places it clung to the edges of the mountains, + and then dropped into a deep ravine, again to climb a still + higher mountain, perhaps. In one direction it enclosed a forest, + in another a barren plain. Great blocks were the stones, that had + been in place many, many years. It must have taken hundreds and + thousands of men to put them in position, and, though the wall + was hundreds of years old, it was still well preserved. It was + from twenty-five to forty feet high. The wall was hung from one + end of the city to the other with ivy, which looked as if it had + been growing in its place centuries before Yung Pak was born.</p> + + <p>In the wall were eight gates, and at each one a keeper was + stationed at all hours of the day and night. No persons could + come in or go out unless their business was known to those who + had charge of the passage.</p> + + <p>Every evening, at sunset, the gates were closed, and during + the night no one was allowed to pass through in either + direction.</p> + + <p>A curious ceremony attended the closing of these gates. They + were never shut till the king had been notified that all was well + on the north, on the south, on the east, and on the west. As + there were no telegraph lines, another way had to be provided by + which messages might be quickly sent. Bonfires upon the + surrounding hills were used as signals. By these fires the king + was told if all were well in his kingdom, and every evening, as + soon as the sun was set, four beacon-fires on a hill within the + walls told the news as it was flashed to them from the mountains + outside. Then four officers, whose business it was to report to + the king the message of the fires, hastened to him, and with + great ceremony and much humility announced that all was well. On + this the royal band of music would strike up its liveliest airs, + and a great bell would toll its evening warning. This bell was + the third largest in the world, and for five centuries it had + given the signal for opening and closing the gates of Seoul, the + chief city of the "Land of the Morning Radiance."</p> + + <p>At the stroke of the bell, with a great clang the gates were + shut, and strong bars were placed across the inner sides, not to + be removed until at early dawn the bell again gave its signal to + the keepers.</p> + + <p>To little Yung Pak, the loud tones of the bell meant more even + than to the sentinels at the gates. He knew that not only was it + a signal for the closing of the city gates, but it was also a + warning that bedtime was at hand.</p> + + <p>The house in which Yung Pak lived was a very fine one, + although the grounds were not as spacious as those of many houses + in the outskirts of the city. But its walls were of stone, + whereas many of the houses of Seoul had walls of paper.</p> + + <p>Yes, actually walls of paper!</p> + + <p>But this paper was a very tough, fibrous substance, and would + resist quite a heavy blow as well as keep out the cold. Its + slight cost brought it within the means of the poorer people.</p> + + <p>In some parts of Korea the houses were built of stout timbers, + the chinks covered with woven cane and plastered with mud. Neat + hedges of interlaced boughs surrounded them. The chimney was + often simply a hollow tree, not attached to the house.</p> + + <p>Ki Pak's house was not only built of stone, but about it were + four walls of stone, about five feet high, to help keep out + intruders. The wall was surmounted by a rampart of plaited + bamboo. In this wall were three gates, corresponding to entrances + into the house itself. One gate, the largest, on the north side, + was used only by Ki Pak himself, though after he grew older Yung + Pak could enter this gate with his father. The second gate, on + the east, was used by the family and friends of Ki Pak. The third + and smallest gate was reserved for the use of the servants.</p> + + <p>The roof of this house was not covered with shingles, but with + clay tiles, coloured red. Many houses in the city had simply a + roof-covering of thatched straw.</p> + + <p>The house was but a single story high, but in this respect the + king's palace itself was no better. There were three divisions to + the house. One was for the use of the men, a second for the women + of the family, and a third for the servants. Each division had a + suitable number of rooms for its occupants.</p> + + <p>Yung Pak's own sleeping-room was a dainty affair, with its + paper walls, tiger-skin rugs upon the stone floor, and the + softest of mats and silk and wadded cotton coverings for his + couch.</p> + + <p>This couch, by the way, was another queer affair. It was built + of brick! Beneath it were pipes or flues connected with other + pipes which ran beneath the whole house. Through these flues were + forced currents of hot air from a blaze in a large fireplace at + one end of the house. The chimney was at the other end, and thus + a draught of hot air constantly passed beneath the floors in cold + weather. On warm nights Yung Pak would pile his mats upon the + floor and sleep as comfortably as ever you did on the softest + feather bed your grandmother could make.</p> + + <p>The windows of Ki Pak's house were not made of glass, but were + small square frames covered with oiled paper. These frames fitted + into grooves so that they could be slid back and forth, and in + warm weather the windows were always left open. The doors were + made of wood, though in many houses paper or plaited bamboo was + used.</p> + + <p>When Yung Pak ate his meals, he sat upon a rug on the floor + with his father and such male guests as might be in the house. + The women never ate with them. Their meals were served in their + own rooms.</p> + + <p>A servant would bring to each person a <i>sang</i>, or small + low table. Instead of a cloth, on each table was a sheet of fine + glazed paper which had the appearance of oiled silk. This paper + was made from the bark of the mulberry-tree. It was soft and + pliable, and of such a texture that it could be washed easier + than anything else, either paper or cloth. On this were placed + dishes of porcelain and earthen ware. There were no knives or + forks, but in their place were chop-sticks such as the Chinese + used. Spoons also were on the table. A tall and long-spouted + teapot was always the finest piece of ware.</p> + + <p>On the dining-tables of the poorer people of Korea the teapot + was never seen, for, strange as it may seem, in this land + situated between the two greatest tea-producing countries of the + world, tea is not in common use.</p> + + <p>All Koreans have splendid appetites, and probably if you + should see Yung Pak eating his dinner you would criticize his + table manners. He not only ate a large amount of food, but ate it + very rapidly—almost as if he feared that some one might + steal his dinner before he could dispose of it. And you would + think that he never expected to get another square meal!</p> + + <p>But it was not Yung Pak's fault that he was such a little + glutton. In his youngest days, when his mother used to regulate + his food, she would stuff him full of rice. Then she would turn + him over on his back and paddle his stomach with a ladle to make + sure that he was well filled!</p> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="CHAPTER_III"></a> + + <h2>CHAPTER III.</h2><br> + + <center> + A GLIMPSE OF THE KING + </center> + + <p>Yung Pak's earliest days were spent very much as are those of + most babies, whether they live in Korea or America. Eating and + sleeping were his chief occupations.</p> + + <p>When he grew old enough to run about, his father employed for + him a servant, Kim Yong, whose business it was to see that no + harm came to the child. For several years the two were constantly + together, even sleeping in the same room at night.</p> + + <p>Once when Yung Pak and his attendant were out for their daily + walk their attention was attracted by the sound of music in the + distance.</p> + + <p>"What is that music?" asked Yung Pak.</p> + + <p>"That is the king's band. It must be that there is going to be + a procession," was Kim Yong's reply.</p> + + <p>"Oh, I know what it is," said Yung Pak. "The king is going to + the new Temple of Ancestors. My father said the tablets on which + the king's forefathers' names are engraved are to be put in place + to-day."</p> + + <p>"Let us hurry so as to get into a place where we can have a + good view of the procession."</p> + + <p>"Yes, we will; for father told me that this is to be an extra + fine one, and he is to be in it himself. I want to see him when + he goes by."</p> + + <p>By this time Yung Pak and Kim Yong were running as fast as + their flowing garments and their dignity would allow them. And + everybody else, from the dirtiest street boy to the gravest old + man, was hurrying toward the palace gate through which the + procession was to come. Yung Pak and Kim Yong were fortunate + enough to get a position where they could see the palace gate, + and the procession would have to pass by them on its way to the + temple.</p> + + <p>Meanwhile the band inside the palace walls kept up its music, + and the people outside could also hear the shouts of officers + giving their orders to guards and soldiers.</p> + + <p>Soon there was an extra flourish of the music, and the gate, + toward which all eyes had been strained, was suddenly flung wide + open with a great clang.</p> + + <p>Hundreds of soldiers already lined the streets to keep the + crowd back out of the way of the procession.</p> + + <p>First through the gate came a company of Korean foot-soldiers, + in blue uniforms. Directly after them came a lot of palace + attendants in curious hats and long robes of all colours of the + rainbow. Some were dressed in blue, some in red, some in orange, + some in yellow, some in a mixture of colours. All carried staves + bound with streamers of ribbons.</p> + + <p>Following the attendants came a line of bannermen, with red + flags, on which were various inscriptions in blue; then came + drummers and pipe-players dressed in yellow costumes, their + instruments decked with ribbons.</p> + + <p>Yung Pak next saw more soldiers, dressed in the queerest of + ancient costumes; afterward came men with cymbals and bells, + cavalrymen on foot, and more palace attendants. Through the whole + line were seen many officials, gaudily adorned with plumes, gold + lace, gilt fringe, swords, and coloured decorations of all sorts. + Many of the officials had on high-crowned hats decorated with + bunches of feathers and crimson tassels. These were fastened by a + string of amber beads around the throat. Blue and orange and red + were the colours of their robes. Then followed more bannermen, + drummers, and servants carrying food, fire, and pipes.</p> + + <p>All the time there was a tremendous beating of drums and + blowing of horns and ringing of bells. The noise was so great + that Kim Yong hardly heard Yung Pak when he shouted:</p> + + <p>"Oh, I see papa!"</p> + + <p>"Where is he?"</p> + + <p>"Don't you see him right behind that little man in yellow who + is carrying a big blue flag?"</p> + + <p>"Oh, yes," said Kim Yong. "He has on a long green robe, and on + his turban are long orange plumes."</p> + + <p>"Yes; and on both sides of him, in green gauze coats, are his + servants. I wonder if he will notice us as he goes by."</p> + + <p>"Indeed he will not. At least, if he does see us, he will give + no sign, for this is too solemn and important an occasion for him + to relax his dignity."</p> + + <p>On state occasions Ki Pak could look as sedate and dignified + as the most serious official in all Korea; and that is saying a + good deal, for in no country do the officials appear more solemn + than in this "Land of the Morning Radiance."</p> + + <p>Now along came more soldiers, followed by the great nobles of + the kingdom, and finally, amid a most terrific beating of drums, + a fearful jangling of bells, and a horrid screaming of pipes, the + guard of the king himself appeared.</p> + + <p>Suddenly all was silent. Drum-beating, pipe-blowing, and + shouting all died away. The sound of hurried footsteps alone was + heard. All at once into sight came the imperial chair of state. + In this chair was the king, but not yet could Yung Pak get a + glimpse of his royal master. Yellow silken panels hid him from + the view of the curious crowd, and over the top was a canopy of + the same description, ornamented with heavy, rich tassels.</p> + + <p>This gorgeous chair was much heavier than those used by + officials and ordinary citizens, and it took thirty-two men to + carry it quickly and safely past the throng to the entrance of + the temple. Only a few minutes were necessary for this journey, + for the temple was but a short distance from the palace gate, and + both were in plain sight of Yung Pak and Kim Yong.</p> + + <p>It was only a fleeting glimpse of the king that they got, as + he passed from his chair to the temple gate; but this was enough + to repay Yung Pak for the rushing and the crowding and the + waiting that he had been obliged to endure. Rare indeed were + these glimpses of his Majesty, and they afforded interest and + excitement enough to last a long while.</p> + + <p>But the procession was not over yet. A chair covered with red + silk, borne on the shoulders of sixteen chair-men, passed up to + the temple.</p> + + <p>"Who is in that chair?" asked Yung Pak of his companion.</p> + + <p>"The crown prince," was Kim Yong's reply.</p> + + <p>"He attends his royal father in all these ceremonies of + state."</p> + + <p>Yung Pak drew a long breath, but said nothing. He only thought + what a fine thing it must be to be a king's son, and wear such + gorgeous clothes, and have so many servants at his call.</p> + + <p>And then he had a second thought. He would not want to + exchange his splendid father for all the glory and magnificence + of the king's court.</p> + + <p>After the king and the crown prince, with their attendant + officials and servants and priests, had gone into the temple, + Yung Pak and Kim Yong did not stay longer at their post. The + order of the procession had broken, and the king and his + immediate retinue would return privately to the palace after he + should pay homage and offer sacrifice to the spirits of his + ancestors.</p> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="CHAPTER_IV"></a> + + <h2>CHAPTER IV.</h2><br> + + <center> + YUNG PAK AT SCHOOL + </center> + + <p>Little Korean boys have to go to school, just as you do, + though they do not study in just the same way. You would be + surprised if you were to step into a Korean schoolroom. All the + boys sit upon the floor with their legs curled up beneath them. + Instead of the quiet, silent scholars, you would hear a loud and + deafening buzz. All the pupils study out loud. They not only do + their studying aloud, but they talk very loud, as if each one + were trying to make more noise than his neighbour.</p> + + <p>The Koreans call this noise <i>kang-siong</i>, and it seems + almost deafening to one unused to it. You would think the poor + teacher would be driven crazy, but he seems as calm as a daisy in + a June breeze.</p> + + <center> + <a name="ILL_II"></a> <img src="images/2.jpg" width="232" + height="348" alt=""ALL THE BOYS SIT UPON THE FLOOR"" + title=""> + </center> + + <h5>ALL THE BOYS SIT UPON THE FLOOR</h5> + + <p>The Korean boys have to have "tests" and examinations just as + you do. When a lad has a good lesson, the teacher makes a big red + mark on his paper, and he carries it home with the greatest + pride,—just as you do when you take home a school paper + marked "100."</p> + + <p>But Yung Pak was not allowed to share the pleasures and the + trials of the boys in the public school.</p> + + <p>One day, soon after he was six years old, his father sent for + him to come to his private room,—perhaps you would call it + a study or library. With Yung Pak's father was a strange + gentleman, a young man with a pleasant face and an air of good + breeding.</p> + + <p>"This," said Ki Pak to his son as he entered the room, "is + Wang Ken. I have engaged him to be your teacher, or tutor. The + time has come for you to begin to learn to read and to cipher and + to study the history and geography of our country."</p> + + <p>Yung Pak made a very low bow, for all Korean boys are early + taught to be courteous, especially to parents, teachers, and + officials.</p> + + <p>In this case he was very glad to show respect to his new + tutor, for he liked his appearance and felt sure that they would + get on famously together. More than that, though he liked to play + as well as any boy, he was not sorry that he was going to begin + to learn something. Even at his age he had ambitions, and + expected that sometime he would, like his father, serve the king + in some office.</p> + + <p>Wang Ken was equally well pleased with the looks of the bright + boy who was to be his pupil, and told Yung Pak's father that he + believed there need be no fear but what they would get on well + together, and that the boy would prove a bright scholar.</p> + + <p>To Wang Ken and his pupil were assigned a room near Ki Pak's + library, where Yung Pak would spend several hours each day trying + his best to learn the Korean A B C's.</p> + + <p>The first book he had to study was called "The Thousand + Character Classic." This was the first book that all Korean boys + had to study, and was said to have been written by a very wise + man hundreds of years ago. A strange thing about it was that it + was composed during one night, and so great was the wise man's + struggle that his hair and beard turned white during that night. + When Yung Pak was told this fact he was not a bit surprised. He + thought it was hard enough to have to learn what was in the book, + to say nothing of writing it in the beginning.</p> + + <p>At the same time that Yung Pak was learning to read, he was + also learning to write. But you would have been amused if you + could have seen his efforts. The strangest thing about it was + that he did not use a pen, but had a coarse brush on a long + handle. Into the ink he would dip this brush and then make broad + marks on sheets of coarse paper. You would not be able to + understand those marks at all. They looked like the daubs of a + sign-painter gone crazy.</p> + + <p>Later on, Yung Pak had to study the history and geography of + his country. Some of the names he had to learn would amuse you + very much. The name of the province of Haan-kiung, for instance, + meant Perfect Mirror, or Complete View Province. Kiung-sang was + the Korean name for Respectful Congratulation Province, and + Chung-chong meant Serene Loyalty Province. One part of Korea, + where the inhabitants were always peaceable and unwarlike, was + called Peace and Quiet Province, or, in the Korean language, + Ping-an.</p> + + <p>Under Wang Ken's instruction Yung Pak made rapid progress in + his studies, and when the boy's father questioned him from time + to time as to what he had learned, he was very much pleased, and + commended his son for his close attention to his studies.</p> + + <p>"Sometime," Ki Pak said to the boy, "if you continue to make + such good progress in your studies, you will be able to hold a + high position in the service of the king."</p> + + <p>In explanation of this remark, you should understand that no + young man was able to enter into the government service of Korea + until he could pass a very hard examination in many studies.</p> + + <p>Many things besides book-learning did Wang Ken teach his + pupil. In all the rules of Korean etiquette he was carefully and + persistently drilled.</p> + + <p>As you have already been told, Yung Pak had from his earliest + days been taught the deepest reverence and honour for his father. + This kind of instruction was continued from day to day. He was + told that a son must not play in his father's presence, nor + assume free or easy posture before him. He must often wait upon + his father at meal-times, and prepare his bed for him. If the + father is old or sickly, the son sleeps near him by night, and + does not leave his presence by day. If for any reason the father + is cast into prison, the son makes his home near by in order that + he may provide such comforts for his unfortunate parent as the + prison officials will allow.</p> + + <p>If, by chance, the father should be banished from the country + for his misdeeds, the son must accompany him at least to the + borders of his native land, and in some instances must go with + him into exile.</p> + + <p>When the son meets his father in the street, he must drop to + his knees and make a profound salute, no matter what the state of + the roadway. In all letters which the son writes to his father he + uses the most exalted titles and honourable phrases he can + imagine.</p> + + <center> + <a name="ILL_III"></a> <img src="images/3.jpg" width="231" + height="348" alt= + "HE MUST DROP TO HIS KNEES AND MAKE A PROFOUND SALUTE" title= + ""> + </center> + + <h5>HE MUST DROP TO HIS KNEES AND MAKE A PROFOUND SALUTE</h5> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="CHAPTER_V"></a> + + <h2>CHAPTER V.</h2><br> + + <center> + A LESSON IN HISTORY + </center> + + <p>As you already know, Yung Pak's father intended that his son, + when he grew up, should fill a position in the service of the + king. To fit him for this work, it was important that the boy + should learn all that he could of his country's history.</p> + + <p>On this account Yung Pak's tutor had orders to give to the lad + each day, during the hours devoted to study, some account of + events in the rise and progress of the Korean nation or of its + royal families.</p> + + <p>You must know that Korea is a very old country, its history + dating back hundreds of years before America was discovered by + Christopher Columbus.</p> + + <p>Now Wang Ken knew that dry history had very few attractions + for his young pupil, or any lively boy for that matter, so as far + as possible he avoided the repetition of dates and uninteresting + events, and often gave to Yung Pak much useful information in + story form.</p> + + <p>One day, when the time came for the usual history lesson, Wang + Ken said to Yung Pak:</p> + + <p>"I think that to-day I will tell you the story of King + Taijo."</p> + + <p>At this Yung Pak's eyes sparkled, and he was all attention in + a moment. He thought one of Wang Ken's stories was a great deal + better than puzzling over Korean letters or struggling with long + strings of figures. The tutor went on:</p> + + <p>"When Taijo was born, many, many years ago, our country was + not called Korea, but had been given the name of Cho-sen."</p> + + <p>Yung Pak had been told that Cho-sen meant Morning Calm, so he + asked Wang Ken how it came about that such a peaceful name had + been given to his country.</p> + + <p>"Why," said Wang Ken, "the name was given to our land years + and years ago by the leader of some Chinese settlers, whose name + was Ki Tsze. In his native land there had been much violence and + war, so with his friends and followers he moved to the eastward + and selected this country for his home. Here he hoped to be free + from the attacks of enemies and to be able to live a peaceful + life. For this reason he chose a name which well expressed its + outward position—toward the rising sun—and his own + inward feelings,—Cho-sen, or Morning Calm. This is still + the official name of our country.</p> + + <p>"But to come back to our story of Taijo. At the time of his + birth, the rulers of the country were very unpopular because of + their wickedness and oppression of the people. There was much + suffering on account of the misrule, and the people longed for a + deliverer who should restore prosperity to Cho-sen.</p> + + <p>"Such a deliverer appeared in the person of Taijo. It is said + that even as a boy he surpassed his fellows in goodness, + intelligence, and skill in all sorts of boyish games."</p> + + <p>Wang Ken improved this opportunity to tell Yung Pak how + important it was that all boys should follow such an example.</p> + + <p>But while Yung Pak listened with apparent patience, he could + hardly conceal his inward desire that the tutor would go on with + his story. Like most boys, of all races, he felt that he could + get along without the moralizing.</p> + + <p>"Hunting with the falcon was one of Taijo's favourite sports. + One day, while in the woods, his bird flew so far ahead that its + young master lost sight of it. Hurrying on to find it, Taijo + discovered a hut beside the path, into which he saw the falcon + fly.</p> + + <p>"Entering the hut, the youth found a white-bearded hermit + priest, who lived here alone and unknown to the outside world. + For a moment Taijo was speechless with surprise in the presence + of the wise old hermit.</p> + + <p>"Seeing his embarrassment, the old man spoke to him in these + words:</p> + + <p>"'What benefit is it for a youth of your abilities to be + seeking a stray falcon? A throne is a richer prize. Betake + yourself at once to the capital.'</p> + + <p>"Now Taijo knew how to take a hint as well as any boy, so he + immediately left the hut of the hermit, forsaking his falcon, and + went to Sunto, then the capital of the kingdom.</p> + + <p>"As I have already told you, Taijo was a wise youth. He did + not rush headlong into the accomplishment of the purpose hinted + at by the hermit. Had he done so, and at that time attempted to + dethrone the king, he would certainly have been overpowered and + slain.</p> + + <p>"He took a more deliberate and sensible way. First he enlisted + in the army of the king. As he was a young man of courage and + strength, he was not long in securing advancement. He rapidly + rose through the various grades, until he finally held the chief + command of the army as lieutenant-general.</p> + + <p>"Of course Taijo did not reach this high station in a month, + nor in a year, but many years went by before he attained such an + exalted place. Meanwhile he married and had children. Several of + these children were daughters."</p> + + <p>Wang Ken did not say right here, what he might have said with + truth,—that in Korean families girls are considered of very + little consequence. But in this case Taijo's daughter proved to + be of much help in making her father the king of Cho-sen.</p> + + <p>"One of these daughters was married to the reigning king. Thus + Taijo became father-in-law to his sovereign. You can easily see + that in this relationship he must have had a large influence both + over the king and over the people.</p> + + <p>"Being a brave man and courageous fighter, Taijo was idolized + by his soldiers. He was also very popular with all the people + because he was always strictly honest and just in all his + dealings with them.</p> + + <p>"Taijo proved his bravery and his reliance on the soldiers and + on the people by attempting to bring about a change in the + conduct of the king, who abused his power and treated his + subjects without mercy.</p> + + <p>"The king, however, refused to listen to the advice of his + father-in-law, and, as a consequence, the hatred of the people + for him grew in volume and force every day.</p> + + <p>"Meanwhile, the king was having other troubles. In former + years, Korea had paid an annual tribute or tax to China, but for + some time it had been held back by this king. Consequently the + Chinese (or Ming) emperor sent a large army to enforce his demand + for the amount of money due him.</p> + + <p>"The Korean ruler neglected the matter and finally refused to + pay. He then ordered that more soldiers be added to his army, + that the Chinese forces might be resisted; but with all his + efforts the enemy's army was much the larger. Nevertheless, he + ordered Taijo, at the head of his forces, to attack the Chinese. + Upon this, Taijo thus addressed his soldiers:</p> + + <p>"'Although the order from the king must be obeyed, yet the + attack upon the Ming soldiers, with so small an army as ours, is + like casting an egg against a rock, and no one of us will return + alive. I do not tell you this from any fear of death, but our + king is too haughty. He does not heed our advice. He has ordered + out the army suddenly without cause, paying no attention to the + suffering which wives and children of the soldiers must undergo. + This is a thing I cannot bear. Let us go back to the capital, and + the responsibility shall fall on my shoulders alone.'</p> + + <p>"The soldiers were quite willing to take the advice of their + courageous leader, and resolved to obey his orders rather than + the king's. They went to the capital, forcibly removed the king + from his throne, and banished him to the island of Kang-wa.</p> + + <p>"Not yet, however, was Taijo made king. The deposed ruler + plotted and planned all kinds of schemes whereby he might be + restored to his old position of authority. Taijo heard of some of + his plots, and finally did that which would for ever extinguish + the authority of the old king or any of his family. He removed + from the temple the tablets on which were inscribed the names of + the king's ancestors. More than this, he ordered that no more + sacrifices be offered to them.</p> + + <p>"The king could have suffered no greater insult than this, + for, like all Koreans, he held as sacred the memory of his + ancestors, and even to speak ill of one of them was an + unpardonable crime. But this time he was powerless to resent the + indignity or to punish the offender, and consequently he lost + what little influence he had been able to retain.</p> + + <p>"Taijo was now formally proclaimed king. He was able to make + peace with the Chinese emperor, and under his rule the Koreans + enjoyed freedom from war and oppression. His descendants still + sit upon the throne of Korea."</p> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="CHAPTER_VI"></a> + + <h2>CHAPTER VI.</h2><br> + + <center> + THE MONK'S STORY + </center> + + <p>One evening, after Yung Pak had finished his supper, he sat + talking with his father and Wang Ken.</p> + + <p>The early evening hour was often spent in this way. It was a + time of day when Ki Pak was generally free from any official + duty, and he was glad to devote a little time to his son. He + would inquire about the boy's studies as well as about his + sports, and Yung Pak would regale his father with many an amusing + incident or tell him something he had learned during study hours. + Sometimes he would tell of the sights he had seen on the streets + of Seoul, while on other occasions he would give account of games + with his playmates or of his success in shooting with a bow and + arrow.</p> + + <p>This latter sport was very common with the men and boys of + Korea. It was approved by the king for the national defence in + time of war, and often rewards were offered by rich men for + winners in contests. Most Korean gentlemen had private archery + grounds and targets in the gardens near their houses.</p> + + <p>Ki Pak had an arrow-walk and target in his garden, and here it + was that Yung Pak used to practise almost daily. He often, too, + invited other boys to enjoy the sport with him.</p> + + <p>At regular times every year public contests in arrow-shooting + were held, and costly prizes were offered to the winners by the + king. The prizes were highly valued by those who secured them, + and Yung Pak looked forward with eager anticipation to the day + when he should be old enough and skilful enough to take part in + these contests.</p> + + <p>While Yung Pak was listening to the conversation between his + father and tutor on this evening, a knock was heard.</p> + + <p>On opening the door there was seen standing at the entrance a + man rather poorly clad in the white garments worn by nearly all + the people of Korea. But upon his head, instead of the ordinary + cone-shaped hat worn by the men of the country, was a very + peculiar structure. It was made of straw and was about four feet + in circumference. Its rim nearly concealed the man's face, which + was further hidden by a piece of coarse white linen cloth + stretched upon two sticks and made fast just below the eyes.</p> + + <p>This method of concealing the face, together with the wearing + of the immense hat, was a symbol of mourning. Such a sight was + not uncommon in the streets of Seoul, and Yung Pak knew well its + meaning.</p> + + <p>With great courtesy and hospitality Ki Pak invited the + stranger within the house.</p> + + <p>"I thank you for your kindness," said the visitor. "I am a + stranger in your city, a monk from a monastery in Kong-chiu. Your + peculiar law not allowing men upon the street after nightfall + compels me to seek shelter."</p> + + <p>"To that you are entirely welcome, my friend," said Ki Pak, + whose hospitable nature would have granted the monk's request, + even if sympathy for sorrow and reverence for religion had not + also been motives for his action.</p> + + <p>"Let me get the man something to eat," said Yung Pak as the + monk seated himself upon a mat.</p> + + <p>"Certainly, my son; it is always proper to offer food to a + guest who takes refuge under our roof."</p> + + <p>Quickly the boy sought his mother in the women's apartments, + and very soon returned with a steaming bowl of rice, which he + placed before the visitor.</p> + + <p>This gift of rice was especially pleasing to the traveller, as + no dish is held in higher honour in Korea. It is the chief + cereal, and the inhabitants say it originated in Ha-ram, China, + nearly five thousand years ago. Yung Pak called it Syang-nong-si, + which means Marvellous Agriculture. He had learned from Wang Ken + that it was first brought to Korea in 1122 B.C.</p> + + <p>To the monk the warm food was very refreshing, and after he + had eaten a generous amount he entered into conversation with his + hosts.</p> + + <p>He told of the monastery where he made his home, and his + account of the various religious ceremonies and their origin was + very interesting to Yung Pak, who found that the visitor not only + knew a great deal of the history of the country, but was also + familiar with its fables and legends.</p> + + <p>Like many who live in retirement and dwell in a world apart + from their fellows, this monk thought the people of former times + were superior to the men of his own day. Especially did he praise + the kings of years long gone by.</p> + + <p>"Do you think," said Yung Pak, "that the old kings were any + better than our own gracious ruler?"</p> + + <p>Yung Pak was very jealous of the honour of his king.</p> + + <p>"Why, yes," replied the monk. "And to prove my statement let + me tell you a story:</p> + + <p>"Many years ago there was in Cho-sen a king named Cheng-chong. + He was celebrated throughout his kingdom for his goodness. It was + a habit with him to disguise himself in ordinary clothing and + then to go out and mingle with the common people. In this way he + was often able to discover opportunities for doing much good to + his subjects.</p> + + <p>"One night Cheng-chong disguised himself as a countryman, and, + taking a single friend along, started out to make a tour of + inspection among his people, that he might learn the details of + their lives.</p> + + <p>"Coming to a dilapidated-looking house, he suspected that + within there might be miserable people to whom he could render + assistance. Desiring to see the inside of the house, he punched a + peep-hole in the paper door. Looking through this hole, the king + perceived an old man weeping, a man in mourning garb singing, and + a nun or widow dancing.</p> + + <p>"Cheng-chong was unable to imagine the cause of these strange + proceedings, so he asked his companion to call the master of the + house.</p> + + <p>"In answer to the summons, the man in mourning made his + appearance. The king, with low and respectful salutation, + said:</p> + + <p>"'We have never before met.'</p> + + <p>"'True,' was the reply, 'but whence are you? How is it that + you should come to find me at midnight? To what family do you + belong?'</p> + + <p>"Cheng-chong answered: 'I am Mr. Ni, living at Tong-ku-an. As + I was passing before your house I was attracted by strange + sounds. Then through a hole in the door I saw an old man crying, + a dancing nun, and a man in mourning singing. Why did the nun + dance, the bereaved man sing, and the old man weep? I have called + you out on purpose to learn the reason of these things.'</p> + + <p>"'For what reason do you pry into other people's business?' + was the question in reply. 'This is little concern to you. It is + past midnight now, and you had better get home as soon as you + can.'</p> + + <p>"'No, indeed. I admit that it seems wrong for me to be so + curious in regard to your affairs, but this case is so very + extraordinary that I hope you will not refuse to tell me about + it. You may be sure that I shall not betray your confidence.'</p> + + <p>"'Alas! why such persistence in trying to learn about other + people's business?'</p> + + <p>"'It is very important,' replied the king, 'that I should + obtain the information I have asked of you. Further than that I + cannot explain at present.'"</p> + + <p>Yung Pak wanted to interrupt the storyteller here and say that + he did not blame the man for objecting to telling his private + business, but he had early been taught that it was highly + improper for a Korean boy to break into the conversation of his + elders.</p> + + <p>The monk continued:</p> + + <p>"'As you are so urgent in your desire to know the cause of the + strange proceedings you have witnessed, I will try to tell you. + Poverty has always been a burden upon my family. In my house + there has never been sufficient food for a solid meal, and I have + not land enough even for an insect to rest upon. I cannot even + provide food for my poor old father. This is the reason why my + wife, from time to time, has cut off a portion of her hair and + sold it for an amount sufficient to buy a bowl of bean soup, + which she has generously given to my father. This evening she cut + off and sold the last tress of her hair, and thus she is now bald + as a nun.'"</p> + + <p>Yung Pak already knew that Korean women who devote their lives + to religious service kept their hair closely clipped, so the monk + did not need to explain his reference to a bald-headed nun.</p> + + <p>"'On this account," said the man to Cheng-chong, 'my father + broke out into mourning in these words:</p> + + <p>"'"Why have I lived to this age? Why did I not die years ago? + Why has this degradation come to my daughter-in-law?" Tears + accompanied his words. My wife and I tried to console him, and, + besides urging him not to weep, she danced for his amusement. I + also danced and sang, and thus we diverted the old man's thoughts + and caused him to smile. That is the true reason of our queer + behaviour. I trust you will not think it strange, and will now go + away and leave us to our sorrow.'</p> + + <p>"The king was very much impressed by the man's story, + particularly with the evidence of such great devotion to his + father, even in the time of poverty and misfortune. So he said: + 'This is really the most extraordinary instance of filial love + that I ever saw. I think you should present yourself at the + examination to-morrow.'</p> + + <p>"'What examination?'</p> + + <p>"'Why, there is to be an examination before the king of + candidates for official position. You know that all officials + have to pass an examination before they can receive an + appointment. Be sure to be there, and you may be fortunate enough + to secure a position which will remove all fear of poverty from + your household.'</p> + + <p>"Having thus spoken, Cheng-chong bade the man good night and + went at once to his palace.</p> + + <p>"Very early in the morning he caused proclamation to be made + that an examination would be held that day, at a certain hour. + Notwithstanding the brief time for preparation, when the hour + arrived a large number of men presented themselves at the king's + palace as candidates.</p> + + <p>"In the crowd was the poor man whom the king, in his disguise, + had talked with the night before. Though he understood little of + the matter, he felt that his visitor of the previous night must + have known perfectly about it.</p> + + <p>"When all had assembled, the following was announced as the + subject of the examination: 'The song of a man in mourning, the + dance of a nun, the tears of an old man.'</p> + + <p>"With the exception of the poor man, not a single one of the + candidates was able to make a bit of sense out of the subject. He + alone knew it perfectly well, because of his own personal sad + experience. Consequently he was able to turn in a clear essay + upon the subject, which, upon examination, the king found to be + free from error.</p> + + <p>"Cheng-chong then bestowed the degree of doctor upon the man, + and ordered that he be brought into his presence.</p> + + <p>"Upon the man's appearance, the king asked: 'Do you know who I + am? It is I who last night advised you to be present at this + examination. Raise your head and look at me.'</p> + + <p>"With fixed gaze the man looked at the king, and recognized + his benefactor. He at once bowed himself to the ground in + gratitude, and in words of the most humble sort returned his + thanks.</p> + + <p>"'Go at once,' said Cheng-chong, 'and return to your wife and + old father. Make them happy with the good news you have for + them.'</p> + + <p>"This story of royal generosity has been handed down from + generation to generation, and I give it to you," concluded the + monk, "as an example of the goodness of our ancient kings and the + rich inheritance we have from them. True devotion to parents has + never been unrewarded in Korea."</p> + + <p>His story concluded, the monk expressed a desire to retire for + the night. At Ki Pak's command a servant led him to a + sleeping-room. Yung Pak and the other members of the family also + retired, and were soon buried in peaceful slumber.</p> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="CHAPTER_VII"></a> + + <h2>CHAPTER VII.</h2><br> + + <center> + A JOURNEY + </center> + + <p>It sometimes happened that Ki Pak, in performing his official + duties, was obliged to make long journeys to various parts of + Korea. One of Yung Pak's greatest pleasures was to listen to the + stories which his father used to tell him about these + journeys.</p> + + <p>When Ki Pak made one of these trips through the country he + could not ride on the cars as you do, for there were no railways, + with puffing engines and comfortable coaches; neither could he + take a carriage drawn by swift and strong horses, for they too + were unknown by the Koreans. Even if he had possessed horses and + carriage, there were few roads over which they could have been + driven. Most of the highways were simply rough paths, over which + men usually travelled on foot or on the backs of ponies up and + down the hills of the country. It was generally necessary to + cross rivers by fording, though, where the water was too deep for + this, rude and clumsy ferry-boats were provided. Occasionally, + over a narrow stream, a frail footbridge would be built.</p> + + <p>You can easily imagine Yung Pak's joy and surprise one day + when his father told him that he proposed to take his little son + on his next journey.</p> + + <p>Ki Pak had been ordered by the king to go to Chang-an-sa, a + city among the Diamond Mountains, near the eastern coast of + Korea, and about eighty miles from Seoul. In this place was a + famous monastery, or temple, which would be an object of much + interest and wonder to Yung Pak.</p> + + <p>It was decided, also, that Wang Ken should be one of the + party. He would be able to explain to Yung Pak many things they + might see on the way.</p> + + <p>There was much to do to get ready for the journey. It would + take four days to cover the distance, and, as hotels were unknown + along the route, it was necessary to take along a good supply of + provisions, bedding, cooking utensils, and all sorts of things + they might need while absent from home.</p> + + <p>In addition to getting together all this material, ponies and + drivers had to be engaged. Sometimes, when Ki Pak went on short + journeys, he was carried in a chair by strong men, who by much + practice had become able to endure the fatigue of travel, and of + bearing heavy burdens. This chair was very different from the + kind you have in your houses. Even a comfortable rocker would not + be very nice in which to take a long journey.</p> + + <p>The Korean traveller's chair consists of a boxlike frame, of + such height that one may sit within in Turkish fashion upon the + floor. The roof is of bamboo, covered with painted and oiled + paper. The sides also are covered with oiled paper or muslin. In + some cases a small stained glass window is set in the side or + front, but only rich men can afford this luxury. The curtain in + front can be raised or lowered. This serves the double purpose of + shutting out the glances of the curious and keeping out the cold + air. When the owner can afford it, an ample supply of cushions + and shawls makes the clumsy vehicle more comfortable for its + occupant.</p> + + <p>The chair rests upon two long poles, which hang by straps upon + the shoulders of four stout men. Under ordinary circumstances + these men can travel with their burden from twenty to thirty + miles a day.</p> + + <p>Sometimes, also, when Yung Pak's father went about the streets + of Seoul, he rode in a chair very similar to the one just + described. The only difference was that it rested on a framework + attached to a single wheel directly underneath. This cross + between a wheelbarrow and a sedan-chair was supported and + trundled along the street by four bearers.</p> + + <p>On this journey, however, Yung Pak and his companions were to + ride on ponies.</p> + + <p>The Korean ponies are small, fine-coated animals, little + larger than Shetland ponies. They are very tough and strong, and + can endure long marches with little food. They are sometimes + obstinate and are desperate fighters, squealing and neighing on + all occasions. They often attack other ponies, and never become + friendly with each other on a journey. In their attacks upon one + another loads are forgotten and often seriously damaged. + Notwithstanding, they bear with much patience a great deal of + abuse from unkind masters. Because of much beating and + overloading, they are generally a sorry-looking lot of + animals.</p> + + <p>Ki Pak had to engage ponies for himself, Yung Pak, and Wang + Ken. He was also obliged to employ a cook for the journey, who + had to have a pony to carry along the kettles and pans and other + utensils. It was also necessary to hire body-servants and several + ponies to carry luggage, and as each pony must have a + <i>mapu</i>, or groom, it made quite a procession when the party + started out of Seoul on the journey to the northeast.</p> + + <p>It was a fine day when the start was made. It was not early in + the morning, for, if there is anything a Korean hates to do, it + is to make an early start on a journey. If you had been in Yung + Pak's place, you would have gone crazy with impatience. The + servants were late in bringing around the ponies, and the process + of loading them was a very slow one.</p> + + <p>But Yung Pak had long before learned to be patient under such + circumstances. In fact, he seemed to care little whether the + start were made in the morning or at noon. He calmly watched the + servants at their work, and, when at last all was declared ready, + he gravely mounted his pony and fell into the procession behind + his father, with Wang Ken immediately following.</p> + + <p>A most comical sight was the cook, perched on top of his load + of pans, pots, and potatoes. As his pony trotted along with the + others, it looked as if the cook was in constant danger of a fall + from his lofty seat, but he sat as calm and unconcerned as one + could imagine.</p> + + <p>You would laugh if you should see the strings of eggs hanging + across this pony's back—yes, eggs. They were packed in + bands of wheat straw, and between each pair of eggs a straw was + twisted. Thus a straw rope enclosing twenty or more eggs, well + protected, was made and thrown over the top of the load.</p> + + <p>Other riders had more comfortable seats, for most of the + ponies carried baggage in two wicker baskets,—one strapped + upon each side,—and on top of these was piled bedding and + wadded clothing, which made a soft seat for the rider.</p> + + <p>The <i>mapus</i> who accompanied the procession were dressed + in short cotton jackets, loose trousers, with sandals and cotton + wrappings upon the feet. They had to step lively to keep up with + the ponies.</p> + + <p>All the people in this company carried with them long garments + made of oiled paper. You have already learned that the Korean + paper is very tough, and when soaked with oil it forms a splendid + protection against the rain. Many of these garments had a very + peculiar appearance, because they were made of paper on which had + been set copies for schoolboys to use in learning to write.</p> + + <p>As Yung Pak and his companions passed along the dirty streets + of Seoul toward a gate in the great wall, a curious crowd was + attracted by the unusual sight. This mob of men and boys were + good-natured, but very curious, and it gathered so close as to + impede the progress of the ponies. Moreover, a watchful eye had + to be kept on all the luggage, lest some over-covetous person + might steal the provisions and supplies on the ponies' backs.</p> + + <p>Notwithstanding the slow progress made by Ki Pak's company, it + took only a short time to pass through the narrow streets and out + by the great gate, leaving behind the noisy mob of men and boys + who had followed them to the city's wall.</p> + + <p>Once outside, upon the road which wound around and over the + high hills that surround the city, the pure country air seemed + very sweet and refreshing to Yung Pak, who knew nothing of life + outside Seoul. This was his first journey into the country, and + the many strange sights drew exclamations of surprise and wonder + from him. The green waving grass and swaying foliage of the trees + were ever new sources of joy and pleasure, and the delicate + odours which the breezes bore to his sensitive nostrils were + refreshing and life-giving.</p> + + <p>Among the strange sights which attracted Yung Pak's attention, + as they rode along through the country, were some very curious + figures erected by the roadside. These were posts, one side of + which was roughly planed. On the upper part of each of these + posts was a rude carving of a hideous human face with prominent + teeth. The cheeks and teeth were slightly coloured. A most + fiendish appearance was presented by these figures, called by the + Koreans <i>syou-sal-mak-i</i>, and if looks counted for anything, + they ought well to serve their purpose,—the scaring away of + evil spirits from the village near which the figures always + stood. The mile-posts, or <i>fjang-seung</i>, along the way were + often similarly decorated.</p> + + <center> + <a name="ILL_IV"></a> <img src="images/4.jpg" width="232" + height="347" alt= + ""ON THE UPPER PART OF EACH OF THESE POSTS WAS A RUDE CARVING"" + title=""> + </center> + + <h5>ON THE UPPER PART OF EACH OF THESE POSTS WAS A RUDE + CARVING</h5> + + <p>Another curiosity by the wayside which led to wonder on Yung + Pak's part was an old trunk of a tall tree. For about thirty feet + from the ground this was painted in coloured stripes very much + like a barber's pole. The top and branches of the tree had been + trimmed off, and the upper end was rudely carved in a shape + representing a dragon with a forked tail. From the head, which + resembled that of an alligator, hung various cords, to which were + attached small brass bells and a wooden fish. Wang Ken told Yung + Pak that this was a monument to some famous Korean "doctor of + literature."</p> + + <p>On the first day's journey toward Chang-an-sa the party made + good progress. The plan was to get to Yong-pyöng, about + twenty miles from Seoul, before nightfall. To you this would seem + a short day's journey, but when it is remembered that many of the + servants were on foot, and that the little ponies were heavily + loaded, it does not seem so strange that more ground could not be + covered in one day. In addition, in many places the roads were + poor, though in the valleys there was a smooth bottom where the + sand had washed down from the hills.</p> + + <p>On some of these hillsides little villages were perched. Yung + Pak noticed that on the upper side of each of these hill-towns + was a moon-shaped wall.</p> + + <p>"What is that wall for?" he asked Wang Ken as they passed + one.</p> + + <p>"That protects the village in time of rainstorms," replied the + tutor. "The soil here is of such a nature that it easily washes + away, and if the town were unprotected the earth would soon be + swept from beneath the houses. If you will look sharply, you will + see outside the wall a deep trench which carries off the rushing + water."</p> + + <p>As they were slowly riding along a road which wound around and + over a high hill Yung Pak still kept his eyes wide open for + strange sights. Suddenly he lifted his arm, and, pointing toward + a tree upon a little hill at one side of the road, he said to + Wang Ken:</p> + + <p>"Oh, what a queer-looking tree that is! And are not those + strange leaves on it? What kind of a tree is it, anyway?"</p> + + <p>"Ha, ha!" laughed Wang Ken, "I don't wonder that you call that + a strange-looking tree. Let's take a walk up to it and get a + closer view."</p> + + <p>So the ponies were halted, and down sprang Yung Pak and Wang + Ken. Leaving the ponies in charge of the <i>mapus</i>, they + marched up the hill to get a nearer sight of the tree.</p> + + <p>"Why," said the boy, as they approached it, "those are not + leaves that we saw from the road, but they are rags and strips of + cloth. It looks as if some one had hung out their clothes to dry + and forgotten to take them in again. What does it all mean?"</p> + + <p>"That tree, my boy," Wang Ken replied, "is called the sacred + devil-tree. That is a queer combination of names, but you know + there are a lot of ignorant people in our country who are very + superstitious. They believe in all sorts of evil and good + spirits. They think these spirits watch every act of their lives. + Consequently they do all they can to please the good spirits and + to drive away the evil ones. This tree they believe has power to + keep off the bad spirits, so every man who thinks that a demon + has possession of him tears a piece of cloth from his garment and + carefully ties it to a branch. That is how all these strips you + see come to be hanging above you. Some have hung there so long + that the wind and rain have torn them to rags."</p> + + <p>"Yes, but why is this done?" asked Yung Pak.</p> + + <p>"Because," was the reply, "a man who is possessed by an evil + spirit thinks that by thus tying a part of his clothing to the + tree he may induce the spirit to attach himself to it instead of + to his own person."</p> + + <p>Yung Pak's curiosity satisfied, they returned to the road, + mounted their ponies, and quickly caught up with the rest of the + party.</p> + + <p>No further incidents of special importance marked this first + day's journey, and shortly before nightfall they arrived at the + town of Yong-pyöng. They found the village inn to be a + series of low, small buildings built on three sides of a + courtyard. Into low sheds in this yard the ponies were crowded + and the luggage removed from their backs. Ki Pak's servants + proceeded to build a fire in the centre of the yard and the cook + made preparations for getting supper. Travellers had to provide a + large part of their own meals, for, as already stated, these + village inns were not hotels in the real sense of the word. They + were simply rude lodging-places where travellers might be + protected from the night air and have a chance to sleep while + passing through the country.</p> + + <p>Into the main waiting-room of the inn Yung Pak, with his + father and tutor, entered. At the door they removed their shoes + and left them outside. In the room were several other travellers + seated upon the floor, which was covered with oiled paper and + grass mats. There was absolutely no furniture. The walls were + covered with clean white paper. Each man in the room was smoking + a pipe, which consisted of a brass bowl and a reed stem over + three feet long. All wore long white robes, though one of the + occupants had hung his hat upon the wall.</p> + + <p>Into this room after a time the cook brought supper for his + masters. Other servants brought in boxes which were used as + tables, and though the style was not just what Yung Pak was used + to, he managed to eat a hearty meal. The day in the open air had + given him a hunger and a zest he rarely knew.</p> + + <p>After supper, for a short time Yung Pak and Wang Ken talked + over with Ki Pak the events of the day. A servant soon announced + that their sleeping-rooms were ready, and they gladly at once + sought their beds. To get to their rooms they again stepped out + into the courtyard. They found that each bedroom was one of the + little buildings facing the yard. Yung Pak and Wang Ken occupied + one room, while Ki Pak had a room by himself. Through a narrow + door about three feet high the lad and his tutor entered their + room. The door was simply a lattice shutter covered with paper. + The room was very small,—barely space for the two + mattresses which had been put there by the servants, and the + ceiling was so low that even the short Koreans could hardly stand + upright. Yet here our two friends managed to make themselves very + comfortable for the night.</p> + + <p>Outside in the courtyard the fire was kept burning, beside + which two watchmen sat all night smoking and telling stories. It + was necessary to maintain a watch till morning because the + country districts of Korea are infested with wild animals, + particularly tigers, and the bright blaze of the fire served to + keep them at a distance. Otherwise the thin-walled houses would + have been slight protection for the sleeping travellers.</p> + + <p>As it was, Yung Pak slept soundly the whole night, and did not + awake until after daylight, when servants brought to his door a + wooden bowl and a brass vessel full of water for his morning + bath. Quickly he sprang up, and with his companions made ready + for the day's journey, for they were all anxious to be on their + way.</p> + + <center> + <a name="ILL_V"></a> <img src="images/5.jpg" width="229" + height="347" alt= + ""THE DAY WAS PASSED IN MUCH THE SAME MANNER AS THE PRECEDING ONE"" + title=""> + </center> + + <h5>THE DAY WAS PASSED IN MUCH THE SAME MANNER AS THE PRECEDING + ONE</h5> + + <p>Breakfast was served in much the same manner as the supper of + the previous evening had been. Of this meal all heartily partook, + for a Korean is never guilty of having a poor appetite.</p> + + <p>As usual, it took a long time to get the ponies properly + loaded and ready to start, and the forenoon was about half-gone + when the procession finally left the courtyard of the inn.</p> + + <p>A twenty-mile march would bring the party to Rang-chyön, + where it was proposed to spend the second night of the + journey.</p> + + <p>The day was passed in much the same manner as the preceding + one, though of course new scenes proved ever interesting to Yung + Pak. During this day the party had to cross a river which was too + deep to ford, and over which there was no sort of bridge. For the + assistance of travellers a ferry-boat had been provided. This + boat was a broad, flat-bottomed, clumsy affair. It could carry + but three ponies at a time, with several men. The men in charge + of the boat were slow and obstinate, and consequently it took a + long time for all to get across the river.</p> + + <p>It was right here that an unfortunate, yet laughable, accident + occurred.</p> + + <p>As on the preceding day, the cook rode perched upon his pony's + load of kettles, pans, and pots. When riding along a good road + his position was precarious enough, requiring all his best + efforts to maintain his balance.</p> + + <p>When his turn came to go upon the ferry-boat, Ki Pak advised + him to dismount and lead his pony across the plank which covered + the watery space between the bank of the river and the boat. But + the cook was an obstinate Korean, as well as a trifle lazy, and + refused to get down, thinking he could safely drive his beast + across the gang-plank. Ordinarily this would have been possible, + but on this particular occasion, just as the pony stepped upon + the plank, the boat gave a lurch, the plank slipped, and + overboard went pony, cook, and all. For a few moments there was + enough bustle and excitement to suit any one. Fortunately, the + water was not deep, and quickly the drenched animal and man were + pulled from the water. The only permanent harm was to some of the + provisions that were a part of the pony's load. The cook was a + wiser as well as a wet man, and made up his mind that the next + time he would heed the advice to dismount when boarding a + ferry-boat.</p> + + <p>The day's journey was completed without further special + incident, and at night they rested in the inn at Rang-chyön + under conditions much the same as at Yong-pyöng.</p> + + <p>The third day's journey brought the company to Kewen-syong. On + the way thither Yung Pak was much interested in the sights of the + country, which grew wilder and more strange the farther they got + from Seoul. On this day numerous highwaymen were met, but they + dared not molest the travellers on account of the large number in + the party.</p> + + <p>The cabins along the country roads were a continual source of + curiosity to Yung Pak. They were built of mud, without windows, + and no door except a screen of cords. In nearly every doorway + would be sitting a man, smoking a long-stemmed pipe, who looked + with wide-open eyes at the unusual procession passing his + house.</p> + + <p>Of course all the men who lived in these country cabins were + farmers, and Yung Pak liked to watch them as they worked in their + fields, for to the city-bred boy this is always an entrancing + sight. What seemed most curious to him was the fact that women + were also at work in the fields. At his home the women of the + family nearly always stayed in their own apartments, and when + they did go out always went heavily veiled. These country women + not only assisted in the farm work, but they had to do all the + spinning and weaving for the family, in addition to usual + household cares.</p> + + <p>Wang Ken was able to tell Yung Pak much about country life, + for, like most of the school-masters of Korea, he was himself a + farmer's son. He told how the Korean farmer lived a simple, + patient life, while at the same time he was ignorant and + superstitious. He believed in demons, spirits, and dragons, and + in nearly every house were idols in honour of the imaginary + deities.</p> + + <p>Pigs and bulls are the chief animals on Korean farms. The + latter are used as beasts of burden, though occasionally a more + prosperous man may own a pony or a donkey. The farming tools are + extremely rude and simple, thus necessitating the labour of + several men or women where one man could do the work with good + tools.</p> + + <p>While travelling along Yung Pak met several hunters. They were + not an uncommon sight on the streets of Seoul. When in the city + they wore a rough felt conical hat and dark blue cotton robe. The + garments were ugly in appearance and inconvenient. When the + hunters were after game the robe was discarded, and its place + taken by a short wadded jacket, its sleeves bound around the arms + over wadded cuffs which reached from wrist to elbow. In a similar + way the trousers were bound to the calf of the hunter's leg, and + light straw sandals over a long piece of cotton cloth were + strapped to the feet and ankles. A huge string game-bag was slung + over his back, and in an antelope's horn or a crane's bill + bullets were carried. Powder was kept dry in a tortoise-shaped + case of leather or oiled paper.</p> + + <p>Yung Pak's father would have been glad to have taken time for + seeking game with some of these hunters, but the business of his + trip prevented any unnecessary delay on the journey.</p> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="CHAPTER_VIII"></a> + + <h2>CHAPTER VIII.</h2><br> + + <center> + THE MONASTERY AT CHANG-AN-SA + </center> + + <p>In the latter part of the afternoon of the fourth day, our + travellers, weary and worn with the long journey, came in sight + of Chang-an-sa, the Temple of Eternal Rest, one of the oldest + monasteries of Korea, where hundreds of monks devoted their lives + to the service of Buddha.</p> + + <p>The temple buildings, with deep curved roofs, are in a + glorious situation on a small level lot of grassy land crowded + between the high walls of a rocky ravine.</p> + + <p>Yung Pak was delighted at his first sight of the great temple + and the surrounding buildings. Through the swaying branches of + the forest-trees he caught brief glimpses of the granite walls + and turrets reddening in the sunset glow. The deepening gloom of + the gorge was lighted by the slant beams of the setting sun, and + on the water in the stream below flecks of foam sparkled and + danced in the light of the dying day.</p> + + <p>At first conversation was out of the question in the presence + of such a majestic display of nature's wonders combined with the + handiwork of man.</p> + + <p>Coming to a gate of red stone, Yung Pak asked the meaning of + the carved arrow in the arch overhead.</p> + + <p>"That arrow," replied his father, "signifies that the temples + to which this gate is the outer entrance are under the patronage + of the king. Wherever you see that sign, you may know that the + king has a special interest, and his messengers will be treated + with respect and hospitality. Consequently we may expect to be + well cared for during our visit to this place."</p> + + <p>Passing through the gate, our friends found themselves at once + in the midst of the Chang-an-sa monastery buildings. In addition + to the great chief temple, there were many smaller places of + worship, with bell and tablet houses. There were also cells and + sleeping-rooms for the monks, servants' quarters, stables, a huge + kitchen, and an immense dining-room, together with a large + guest-hall and a nunnery. In addition there were several + buildings devoted to the care of the aged, the infirm, and the + sick. All these places, during his stay, Yung Pak visited in + company with Wang Ken and guided by one of the monks.</p> + + <p>Besides the buildings already mentioned there were several + houses that had been erected by the king on purpose for the use + of his officials, and it was to one of these that Ki Pak and his + son and Wang Ken were led by several of the priests of the + monastery. In the meantime, the servants and the ponies were + cared for in other places assigned for the purpose.</p> + + <p>Yung Pak was not sorry to arrive at his journey's end, even + though he had enjoyed himself every moment of the time since he + left Seoul. A four days' ride on the back of a pony will make the + most enthusiastic traveller tired, and Yung Pak was glad to get + to bed in the comfortable room provided just as soon as he had + eaten his supper. His night's sleep was a sound one, though at + midnight, and again at four o'clock in the morning, he was + awakened by the ringing of bells and gongs that called the monks + to the worship of Buddha.</p> + + <p>In the morning Yung Pak awoke greatly refreshed, and, after a + bountiful breakfast, he started out with Wang Ken, guided by a + monk, to see the wonders of Chang-an-sa monastery.</p> + + <p>One of the first things he noticed was the large number of + boys about the place. He learned from the guide that these lads + were all orphans who were being cared for by the priests, and + who, later in life, would themselves become priests of Buddha. + They were all bright and active, and were kept busily employed as + waiters and errand-runners when they were not at work on their + studies. Like most boys, however, they managed to get a generous + share of time for play.</p> + + <p>It would be impossible to tell in detail about all the strange + things Yung Pak saw at this monastery. The chief temple was an + enormous structure of stone and tile and carved wood, all + decorated in gorgeous combinations of red, green, gold, and + white.</p> + + <p>Within this temple was one room called the "chamber of + imagery." Inside its darkened walls a single monk chanted his + monotonous prayer before an altar. During the chant he also + occupied himself by striking a small bell with a deer-horn. Bells + played a great part in the worship at Chang-an-sa, and all the + prayers were emphasized by the clanging of bells great or + small.</p> + + <p>Along the shadowy walls of this room could be seen the + weapons, as well as the eyes and teeth, the legs and arms, of + gods and demons otherwise invisible. These had a ghostly effect + on Yung Pak, and made him cling closely to the side of his + tutor.</p> + + <p>Above the altar before which the priest knelt was an immense + carving in imitation of an uprooted tree. Among the roots thus + exposed were placed fifty-three idols in all kinds of positions. + Beneath the carving were represented three fierce-looking + dragons, on whose faces were signs of the most awful torment and + suffering.</p> + + <p>"About this altar-piece," said Yung Pak's guide, "there is a + legend you might like to hear."</p> + + <p>"Oh, yes," was the reply, "tell us the story."</p> + + <p>"Many years ago," began the guide, "fifty-three Buddhist + priests came from India to Korea for the purpose of converting + the people to their belief. When they reached this place they + were very tired, and sat down by a spring beneath the + wide-spreading branches of a tree. They had not been there long + when three dragons appeared and attacked the priests. During the + contest the dragons called up a great wind which uprooted the + tree. In return, each of the priests placed an image of Buddha on + a tree-root, turning it into an altar. Thus they were able to + overcome the dragons, who were forced into the spring. On top of + them great stones were piled, and afterward the monastery of + Chang-an-sa was built upon the site of the battle between the + priests and the dragons."</p> + + <p>Afterward Yung Pak visited the great kitchens, the + dining-rooms, the stables, the private rooms of the monks, and + every place which might be of interest to an inquisitive boy of + his age.</p> + + <p>During the time he remained at Chang-an-sa he made several + excursions into the surrounding country, but always returning to + the monastery at night.</p> + + <p>Meanwhile Ki Pak had transacted the business for which he came + to this region, and at the end of ten days was ready to return to + Seoul.</p> + + <p>Of this journey it is not necessary to tell. No mishap marred + the pleasure of the trip, and all returned safe and sound to + their home in the capital city of Korea. Yung Pak had enjoyed the + journey very, very much, yet he was not sorry once more to be + among the familiar scenes and surroundings of home.</p> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="CHAPTER_IX"></a> + + <h2>CHAPTER IX.</h2><br> + + <center> + A FULL-FLEDGED TOP-KNOT + </center> + + <p>Like all Korean boys, Yung Pak wore his hair in two braids, + and by the time he was twelve years old these had become very + long, and hung in black and glossy plaits down his back.</p> + + <p>On the day that he was thirteen his father called him to his + room and told the lad that the time had come for him to assume + the dignities of a man. In accordance with that statement, he had + decided that on the next day his son should be formally + "invested" with the top-knot. In other words, the crown of his + head was to be shaven, and his long hair tightly coiled upon the + bare place thus made. This is called the "Investiture of the + Top-knot," and is always attended by solemn ceremonies.</p> + + <p>In preparation for this event Ki Pak had made careful and + elaborate arrangements. He had provided for his son new clothes + and a hat after the style of his own. He had also consulted an + eminent astrologer, who had chosen the propitious day and hour + for the ceremony after due consultation of the calendar and the + stars and planets in their courses.</p> + + <p>Generally, if the father is blessed with good fortune and a + number of sons, he acts as his own master of ceremonies on such + an occasion, but as Ki Pak had only this one son he decided to + ask his brother, Wu-pom Nai, who had several sons and was a + prosperous merchant of Seoul, to fill this important + position.</p> + + <p>Yung Pak could hardly wait for the morrow to come. So excited + was he at the thought of the great honour that was to be his that + he spent almost a sleepless night. However, like all nights, long + or short, this one passed, and the wished-for hour at last + arrived.</p> + + <p>All the male members of the family were present. Korean women + are reckoned of little importance and take no part in social and + family affairs. On this occasion no men except relatives were + asked to attend.</p> + + <p>Yung Pak was directed to seat himself on the floor in the + centre of the room, facing the east. This was the point of + compass revealed by the astrologer as most favourable to the + young candidate for manly honours.</p> + + <p>With great deliberation and much formality Wu-pom Nai + proceeded to loosen the boy's heavy plaits of hair. Then with + great care, while the onlookers watched with breathless interest, + he shaved the crown of the lad's head, making a bare circular + spot about three inches in diameter. Over this spot he twisted + all the remaining hair into a coil about four inches long, + pointing slightly forward like a horn.</p> + + <p>Over the top-knot thus made the master of ceremonies placed + the <i>mang-kun,</i> which was a crownless skull-cap made of a + very delicate stiff gauze. This was tied on very + tightly,—so tightly that it made a deep ridge in Yung Pak's + forehead and gave him a severe headache; but he bore the pain + heroically and without flinching—for was he not now a man? + The regular Korean man's hat, with its flapping wings, was next + put on, and this part of the ceremony was complete.</p> + + <p>Yung Pak now rose from his position, and made a deep bow to + each one in the room, beginning with his father, and then in + regular order according to relationship. Afterward, accompanied + by his relatives, he proceeded to the room where were placed the + tablets in memory of his ancestors. There he offered sacrifice + before each one in turn. Lighted candles in brass candlesticks he + placed in front of each tablet, and beside the candles he put + dishes of sacrificial food and fruit. Then, as before his living + relatives, he bowed profoundly to the tablets of the dead ones, + and formally and seriously let them know that he had been + regularly invested with the top-knot, and now had the right to be + regarded as a man.</p> + + <p>The sacrifices made, Yung Pak called at the homes of all the + male friends of the family, who now for the first time looked + upon him as their equal, and in the evening Ki Pak gave a great + dinner in honour of his son. Here there was much feasting and + rejoicing, and all united in wishing the greatest prosperity and + lifelong happiness to the little Korean boy now become a man.</p> + + <p>He is no longer our <i>little</i> Korean cousin. Hence, we + leave him at this point, joining heartily in the best wishes and + the compliments bestowed upon him by his friends.</p><br> + + <p>THE END.</p> + +<div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 12048 ***</div> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/12048-h/images/0.jpg b/12048-h/images/0.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e9f528 --- /dev/null +++ b/12048-h/images/0.jpg diff --git a/12048-h/images/1.jpg b/12048-h/images/1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2252ebb --- /dev/null +++ b/12048-h/images/1.jpg diff --git a/12048-h/images/2.jpg b/12048-h/images/2.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c08ca17 --- /dev/null +++ b/12048-h/images/2.jpg diff --git a/12048-h/images/3.jpg b/12048-h/images/3.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e75eff --- /dev/null +++ b/12048-h/images/3.jpg diff --git a/12048-h/images/4.jpg b/12048-h/images/4.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..550e42e --- /dev/null +++ b/12048-h/images/4.jpg diff --git a/12048-h/images/5.jpg b/12048-h/images/5.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..be3d188 --- /dev/null +++ b/12048-h/images/5.jpg diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7e8b67 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #12048 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/12048) diff --git a/old/12048-8.txt b/old/12048-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6a1e40b --- /dev/null +++ b/old/12048-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2102 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Our Little Korean Cousin, by H. Lee M. Pike + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Our Little Korean Cousin + +Author: H. Lee M. Pike + +Release Date: April 15, 2004 [EBook #12048] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OUR LITTLE KOREAN COUSIN *** + + + + +Produced by Million Book Project, Juliet Sutherland, and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. + + + + + + + +Our Little Korean Cousin + +By + +H. Lee M. Pike + +_Illustrated by_ + +L.J. Bridgman + + + + +Preface + + +Until very recently little has been known of the strange land in which +the subject of this tale lives. Recent events have done much to +introduce Korea and its people to the world at large. For this reason +the story of Yung Pak's youthful days may be the more interesting to his +Western cousins. + +These are stirring times in Korea, and it may safely be prophesied that +the little Koreans of the present day will occupy a larger place in the +world's history than have their fathers and grandfathers. Their bright +eyes are now turned toward the light, and, under the uplifting +influences of education and civilization, the old superstitions and +antique customs are bound to give way. + +Some famous Americans and Englishmen have had no small part in letting +in the light upon this dark nation, and in years to come, when Korea +shall have attained to the full stature of national strength, the names +of Rodgers, Blake, Kimberly, and many others will be held in high esteem +by the people of that country. + +This little volume gives just a glimpse into the mode of life, the +habits and customs, the traditions and superstitions, of the Koreans. If +it awakens an interest in the minds of its young readers, and inspires +them with a desire for further knowledge of their cousins in this far +Eastern land, its purpose will be well served. + + + + +Contents + + +CHAPTER + +I. SOME QUEER THINGS +II. YUNG PAK'S HOME +III. A GLIMPSE OF THE KING +IV. YUNG PAK AT SCHOOL +V. A LESSON IN HISTORY +VI. THE MONK'S STORY +VII. A JOURNEY +VIII. THE MONASTERY AT CHANG-AN-SA +IX. A FULL-FLEDGED TOP-KNOT + + + + +List of Illustrations + +YUNG PAK A STREET IN SEOUL +"ALL THE BOYS SIT UPON THE FLOOR" +"HE MUST DROP TO HIS KNEES AND MAKE A PROFOUND SALUTE" +"ON THE UPPER PART OF EACH OF THESE POSTS WAS A RUDE CARVING" +"THE DAY WAS PASSED IN MUCH THE SAME MANNER AS THE PRECEDING ONE" + + + + +OUR LITTLE KOREAN COUSIN + + + + +CHAPTER I. + + +SOME QUEER THINGS + +Yung Pak was the very queer name of a queer little boy who lived in a +queer house in a queer city. This boy was peculiar in his looks, his +talk was in a strange tongue, his clothes were odd in colour and fit, +his shoes were unlike ours, and everything about him would seem to you +very unusual in appearance. But the most wonderful thing of all was that +he did not think he was a bit queer, and if he should see one of you in +your home, or at school, or at play, he would open wide his slant eyes +with wonder at your peculiar ways and dress. The name of the country in +which this little boy lived is Korea. + +One thing about Yung Pak, though, was just like little boys everywhere. +When he first came to his home in the Korean city, a little bit of a +baby, his father and mother were very, very glad to see him. Your father +and mother gave you no warmer welcome than the parents of this little +Korean baby gave to him. + +Perhaps Yung Pak's father did not say much, but any one could have seen +by his face that he was tremendously pleased. He was a very dignified +man, and his manner was nearly always calm, no matter how stirred up he +might have felt in his mind. This was one of the rare occasions when his +face expanded into a smile, and he immediately made a generous offering +of rice to the household tablets. + +All Koreans pay great honour to their dead parents, and tablets to +their memory are placed in some room set apart for the purpose. Before +these tablets sacrifices are offered. Yung Pak's father would have been +almost overwhelmed with terror at thought of having no one to worship +his memory and present offerings before his tablet. + +It is to be feared that if, instead of Yung Pak, a little daughter had +come to this Korean house, the father and the mother would not have been +so pleased. For, strange as it may seem to you who live in homes where +little daughters and little sisters are petted and loved above all the +rest of the family, in Korea little girls do not receive a warm welcome, +though the mothers will cherish and fondle them--as much from pity as +from love. The mothers know better than any one else how hard a way the +little girl will have to travel through life. + +But it is Yung Pak we want to tell you about. + +As his father was a wealthy man, all the comforts and luxuries which +could be given to a Korean baby were showered on this tiny boy. + +One of the queer things, though, was that he had no little cradle in +which he might be rocked to sleep. And you know that all babies, +especially little babies, sleep a great deal. So how do you suppose Yung +Pak's mother used to put him to sleep in this land where cradles were +unknown? She put him on the bed and patted him lightly on the stomach. +This she called _to-tak, to-tak_. + +As Yung Pak grew older he was given many toys, among them rattles, +drums, flags, and dolls, just as you had them. Some of the toys, though, +were very peculiar ones--different from anything you ever saw. He had +little tasselled umbrellas, just like the big one his father used when +he walked out in the sun. He also had little fringed hats and toy +chariots with fancy wheels. One of Yung Pak's favourite toys was a +wooden jumping-jack with a pasteboard tongue. By pulling a string the +tongue was drawn in and a trumpet carried up to the mouth. + +Another favourite toy was a tiger on wheels. Tiger-hunting, by the way, +was considered great sport by Yung Pak's father. It was a very dangerous +one, too, and sometimes lives were sacrificed in his efforts to capture +or to kill this fierce wild beast. Sometimes the animal was caught in a +trap which was nothing less than a hut of logs with a single entrance. +In the roof of the hut heavy beams would be placed on a forked stick. +The bait--a young lamb or kid--would be tied beneath the beams. The +moment the bait was touched, down would come the heavy timber--smash--on +the tiger's head. + +But Yung Pak's tiger was ferocious only in looks. It was made of paper +pulp and painted with bright stripes. This harmless image of a fierce +beast Yung Pak would pull about the floor with a string by the hour. + +All his pets were not of wood and paper. Real live animals he had. +Puppies and kittens, of course. His greatest pet, though, was a monkey. +What little boy ever saw a monkey that he didn't want for his own? So +when Yung Pak's father made him a present of a monkey--a real +monkey--alive--he just danced with glee. + +This monkey was not a very large one,--not over a foot high,--but he +could cut capers and play tricks equal to any monkey you ever saw +travelling with an organ-grinder. He was dressed in a scarlet jacket, +and he was always with Yung Pak, except sometimes when he would try to +plague him by breaking away and running--perhaps to the house-top or to +the neighbour's garden. + +After a little while Yung Pak got used to these "monkey shines," and he +knew that his pet would not stay away long after mealtime. + +As Yung Pak grew older he was allowed to play with other boys of his own +age. A favourite sport was Hunting the Ring. In this game the boys would +get together quite a large heap of sand. In this sand one of them would +hide a ring, and then the urchins would all get slender sticks and poke +around in the pile trying to find the ring. Whoever succeeded in getting +the ring on his stick won the game, and carried the prize home as a sign +of victory. + +Sometimes Yung Pak would be the winner, and then he would march home +with great glee and show the trophy to his father. + +One of the first things Yung Pak was taught was to be respectful to his +father. Never was he allowed to fail in this duty in the least. This +does not seem strange when we know what a sober, serious, dignified man +Yung Pak's father was. It would not do to allow his son to do anything +that would upset his dignity, though he loved him very much indeed. + +It was far different with the boy's mother. Her little boy soon learned +that her wishes counted for very little in the family, and she never +ventured to rebuke him, no matter how seriously he might offend her or +what naughty thing he might do. + +One queer thing about Yung Pak was the way he used to wear his hair. +While still very young his head was shaved, except a little round spot +on the very crown. Here it was allowed to grow, and as years went by it +grew quite long, and was braided in two plaits down his back. + +When Yung Pak grew to be a man the long hair was knotted up on top of +his head, and for this reason many people call Koreans "Top-knots." But +of this arrangement of the hair we shall tell more farther on. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + + +YUNG PAK'S HOME + +Ki Pak, Yung Pak's father, was one of the king's officials. On this +account his home was near the great palace of the king, in the city of +Seoul, the capital of the country. + +This city did not look much like the ones in which you live. There were +no wide streets, no high buildings, no street-cars. Instead, there were +narrow, dirty lanes and open gutters. Shopkeepers not only occupied both +sides of the crowded streets, but half their wares were exposed in and +over the dirty gutters. Grain merchants and vegetable dealers jostled +each other in the streets themselves. In and about among them played the +boys of the city, not even half-clothed in most cases. There were no +parks and playgrounds for them such as you have. Often, too, boys would +be seen cantering through the streets, seated sidewise on the bare backs +of ponies, caring nothing for passers-by, ponies, or each +other--laughing, chatting, eating chestnuts. Other boys would be +carrying on their heads small round tables covered with dishes of rice, +pork, cabbage, wine, and other things. + +[Illustration: A STREET IN SEOUL] + +Around the city was a great wall of stone fourteen miles in length. In +some places it clung to the edges of the mountains, and then dropped +into a deep ravine, again to climb a still higher mountain, perhaps. In +one direction it enclosed a forest, in another a barren plain. Great +blocks were the stones, that had been in place many, many years. It must +have taken hundreds and thousands of men to put them in position, and, +though the wall was hundreds of years old, it was still well preserved. +It was from twenty-five to forty feet high. The wall was hung from one +end of the city to the other with ivy, which looked as if it had been +growing in its place centuries before Yung Pak was born. + +In the wall were eight gates, and at each one a keeper was stationed at +all hours of the day and night. No persons could come in or go out +unless their business was known to those who had charge of the passage. + +Every evening, at sunset, the gates were closed, and during the night no +one was allowed to pass through in either direction. + +A curious ceremony attended the closing of these gates. They were never +shut till the king had been notified that all was well on the north, on +the south, on the east, and on the west. As there were no telegraph +lines, another way had to be provided by which messages might be quickly +sent. Bonfires upon the surrounding hills were used as signals. By +these fires the king was told if all were well in his kingdom, and every +evening, as soon as the sun was set, four beacon-fires on a hill within +the walls told the news as it was flashed to them from the mountains +outside. Then four officers, whose business it was to report to the king +the message of the fires, hastened to him, and with great ceremony and +much humility announced that all was well. On this the royal band of +music would strike up its liveliest airs, and a great bell would toll +its evening warning. This bell was the third largest in the world, and +for five centuries it had given the signal for opening and closing the +gates of Seoul, the chief city of the "Land of the Morning Radiance." + +At the stroke of the bell, with a great clang the gates were shut, and +strong bars were placed across the inner sides, not to be removed until +at early dawn the bell again gave its signal to the keepers. + +To little Yung Pak, the loud tones of the bell meant more even than to +the sentinels at the gates. He knew that not only was it a signal for +the closing of the city gates, but it was also a warning that bedtime +was at hand. + +The house in which Yung Pak lived was a very fine one, although the +grounds were not as spacious as those of many houses in the outskirts of +the city. But its walls were of stone, whereas many of the houses of +Seoul had walls of paper. + +Yes, actually walls of paper! + +But this paper was a very tough, fibrous substance, and would resist +quite a heavy blow as well as keep out the cold. Its slight cost brought +it within the means of the poorer people. + +In some parts of Korea the houses were built of stout timbers, the +chinks covered with woven cane and plastered with mud. Neat hedges of +interlaced boughs surrounded them. The chimney was often simply a +hollow tree, not attached to the house. + +Ki Pak's house was not only built of stone, but about it were four walls +of stone, about five feet high, to help keep out intruders. The wall was +surmounted by a rampart of plaited bamboo. In this wall were three +gates, corresponding to entrances into the house itself. One gate, the +largest, on the north side, was used only by Ki Pak himself, though +after he grew older Yung Pak could enter this gate with his father. The +second gate, on the east, was used by the family and friends of Ki Pak. +The third and smallest gate was reserved for the use of the servants. + +The roof of this house was not covered with shingles, but with clay +tiles, coloured red. Many houses in the city had simply a roof-covering +of thatched straw. + +The house was but a single story high, but in this respect the king's +palace itself was no better. There were three divisions to the house. +One was for the use of the men, a second for the women of the family, +and a third for the servants. Each division had a suitable number of +rooms for its occupants. + +Yung Pak's own sleeping-room was a dainty affair, with its paper walls, +tiger-skin rugs upon the stone floor, and the softest of mats and silk +and wadded cotton coverings for his couch. + +This couch, by the way, was another queer affair. It was built of brick! +Beneath it were pipes or flues connected with other pipes which ran +beneath the whole house. Through these flues were forced currents of hot +air from a blaze in a large fireplace at one end of the house. The +chimney was at the other end, and thus a draught of hot air constantly +passed beneath the floors in cold weather. On warm nights Yung Pak would +pile his mats upon the floor and sleep as comfortably as ever you did +on the softest feather bed your grandmother could make. + +The windows of Ki Pak's house were not made of glass, but were small +square frames covered with oiled paper. These frames fitted into grooves +so that they could be slid back and forth, and in warm weather the +windows were always left open. The doors were made of wood, though in +many houses paper or plaited bamboo was used. + +When Yung Pak ate his meals, he sat upon a rug on the floor with his +father and such male guests as might be in the house. The women never +ate with them. Their meals were served in their own rooms. + +A servant would bring to each person a _sang_, or small low table. +Instead of a cloth, on each table was a sheet of fine glazed paper which +had the appearance of oiled silk. This paper was made from the bark of +the mulberry-tree. It was soft and pliable, and of such a texture that +it could be washed easier than anything else, either paper or cloth. On +this were placed dishes of porcelain and earthen ware. There were no +knives or forks, but in their place were chop-sticks such as the Chinese +used. Spoons also were on the table. A tall and long-spouted teapot was +always the finest piece of ware. + +On the dining-tables of the poorer people of Korea the teapot was never +seen, for, strange as it may seem, in this land situated between the two +greatest tea-producing countries of the world, tea is not in common use. + +All Koreans have splendid appetites, and probably if you should see Yung +Pak eating his dinner you would criticize his table manners. He not only +ate a large amount of food, but ate it very rapidly--almost as if he +feared that some one might steal his dinner before he could dispose of +it. And you would think that he never expected to get another square +meal! + +But it was not Yung Pak's fault that he was such a little glutton. In +his youngest days, when his mother used to regulate his food, she would +stuff him full of rice. Then she would turn him over on his back and +paddle his stomach with a ladle to make sure that he was well filled! + + + + +CHAPTER III. + + +A GLIMPSE OF THE KING + +Yung Pak's earliest days were spent very much as are those of most +babies, whether they live in Korea or America. Eating and sleeping were +his chief occupations. + +When he grew old enough to run about, his father employed for him a +servant, Kim Yong, whose business it was to see that no harm came to the +child. For several years the two were constantly together, even sleeping +in the same room at night. + +Once when Yung Pak and his attendant were out for their daily walk their +attention was attracted by the sound of music in the distance. + +"What is that music?" asked Yung Pak. + +"That is the king's band. It must be that there is going to be a +procession," was Kim Yong's reply. + +"Oh, I know what it is," said Yung Pak. "The king is going to the new +Temple of Ancestors. My father said the tablets on which the king's +forefathers' names are engraved are to be put in place to-day." + +"Let us hurry so as to get into a place where we can have a good view of +the procession." + +"Yes, we will; for father told me that this is to be an extra fine one, +and he is to be in it himself. I want to see him when he goes by." + +By this time Yung Pak and Kim Yong were running as fast as their flowing +garments and their dignity would allow them. And everybody else, from +the dirtiest street boy to the gravest old man, was hurrying toward the +palace gate through which the procession was to come. Yung Pak and Kim +Yong were fortunate enough to get a position where they could see the +palace gate, and the procession would have to pass by them on its way to +the temple. + +Meanwhile the band inside the palace walls kept up its music, and the +people outside could also hear the shouts of officers giving their +orders to guards and soldiers. + +Soon there was an extra flourish of the music, and the gate, toward +which all eyes had been strained, was suddenly flung wide open with a +great clang. + +Hundreds of soldiers already lined the streets to keep the crowd back +out of the way of the procession. + +First through the gate came a company of Korean foot-soldiers, in blue +uniforms. Directly after them came a lot of palace attendants in curious +hats and long robes of all colours of the rainbow. Some were dressed in +blue, some in red, some in orange, some in yellow, some in a mixture of +colours. All carried staves bound with streamers of ribbons. + +Following the attendants came a line of bannermen, with red flags, on +which were various inscriptions in blue; then came drummers and +pipe-players dressed in yellow costumes, their instruments decked with +ribbons. + +Yung Pak next saw more soldiers, dressed in the queerest of ancient +costumes; afterward came men with cymbals and bells, cavalrymen on foot, +and more palace attendants. Through the whole line were seen many +officials, gaudily adorned with plumes, gold lace, gilt fringe, swords, +and coloured decorations of all sorts. Many of the officials had on +high-crowned hats decorated with bunches of feathers and crimson +tassels. These were fastened by a string of amber beads around the +throat. Blue and orange and red were the colours of their robes. Then +followed more bannermen, drummers, and servants carrying food, fire, and +pipes. + +All the time there was a tremendous beating of drums and blowing of +horns and ringing of bells. The noise was so great that Kim Yong hardly +heard Yung Pak when he shouted: + +"Oh, I see papa!" + +"Where is he?" + +"Don't you see him right behind that little man in yellow who is +carrying a big blue flag?" + +"Oh, yes," said Kim Yong. "He has on a long green robe, and on his +turban are long orange plumes." + +"Yes; and on both sides of him, in green gauze coats, are his servants. +I wonder if he will notice us as he goes by." + +"Indeed he will not. At least, if he does see us, he will give no sign, +for this is too solemn and important an occasion for him to relax his +dignity." + +On state occasions Ki Pak could look as sedate and dignified as the most +serious official in all Korea; and that is saying a good deal, for in +no country do the officials appear more solemn than in this "Land of the +Morning Radiance." + +Now along came more soldiers, followed by the great nobles of the +kingdom, and finally, amid a most terrific beating of drums, a fearful +jangling of bells, and a horrid screaming of pipes, the guard of the +king himself appeared. + +Suddenly all was silent. Drum-beating, pipe-blowing, and shouting all +died away. The sound of hurried footsteps alone was heard. All at once +into sight came the imperial chair of state. In this chair was the king, +but not yet could Yung Pak get a glimpse of his royal master. Yellow +silken panels hid him from the view of the curious crowd, and over the +top was a canopy of the same description, ornamented with heavy, rich +tassels. + +This gorgeous chair was much heavier than those used by officials and +ordinary citizens, and it took thirty-two men to carry it quickly and +safely past the throng to the entrance of the temple. Only a few minutes +were necessary for this journey, for the temple was but a short distance +from the palace gate, and both were in plain sight of Yung Pak and Kim +Yong. + +It was only a fleeting glimpse of the king that they got, as he passed +from his chair to the temple gate; but this was enough to repay Yung Pak +for the rushing and the crowding and the waiting that he had been +obliged to endure. Rare indeed were these glimpses of his Majesty, and +they afforded interest and excitement enough to last a long while. + +But the procession was not over yet. A chair covered with red silk, +borne on the shoulders of sixteen chair-men, passed up to the temple. + +"Who is in that chair?" asked Yung Pak of his companion. + +"The crown prince," was Kim Yong's reply. + +"He attends his royal father in all these ceremonies of state." + +Yung Pak drew a long breath, but said nothing. He only thought what a +fine thing it must be to be a king's son, and wear such gorgeous +clothes, and have so many servants at his call. + +And then he had a second thought. He would not want to exchange his +splendid father for all the glory and magnificence of the king's court. + +After the king and the crown prince, with their attendant officials and +servants and priests, had gone into the temple, Yung Pak and Kim Yong +did not stay longer at their post. The order of the procession had +broken, and the king and his immediate retinue would return privately to +the palace after he should pay homage and offer sacrifice to the spirits +of his ancestors. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + + +YUNG PAK AT SCHOOL + +Little Korean boys have to go to school, just as you do, though they do +not study in just the same way. You would be surprised if you were to +step into a Korean schoolroom. All the boys sit upon the floor with +their legs curled up beneath them. Instead of the quiet, silent +scholars, you would hear a loud and deafening buzz. All the pupils study +out loud. They not only do their studying aloud, but they talk very +loud, as if each one were trying to make more noise than his neighbour. + +The Koreans call this noise _kang-siong_, and it seems almost deafening +to one unused to it. You would think the poor teacher would be driven +crazy, but he seems as calm as a daisy in a June breeze. + +[Illustration: "ALL THE BOYS SIT UPON THE FLOOR"] + +The Korean boys have to have "tests" and examinations just as you do. +When a lad has a good lesson, the teacher makes a big red mark on his +paper, and he carries it home with the greatest pride,--just as you do +when you take home a school paper marked "100." + +But Yung Pak was not allowed to share the pleasures and the trials of +the boys in the public school. + +One day, soon after he was six years old, his father sent for him to +come to his private room,--perhaps you would call it a study or library. +With Yung Pak's father was a strange gentleman, a young man with a +pleasant face and an air of good breeding. + +"This," said Ki Pak to his son as he entered the room, "is Wang Ken. I +have engaged him to be your teacher, or tutor. The time has come for you +to begin to learn to read and to cipher and to study the history and +geography of our country." + +Yung Pak made a very low bow, for all Korean boys are early taught to be +courteous, especially to parents, teachers, and officials. + +In this case he was very glad to show respect to his new tutor, for he +liked his appearance and felt sure that they would get on famously +together. More than that, though he liked to play as well as any boy, he +was not sorry that he was going to begin to learn something. Even at his +age he had ambitions, and expected that sometime he would, like his +father, serve the king in some office. + +Wang Ken was equally well pleased with the looks of the bright boy who +was to be his pupil, and told Yung Pak's father that he believed there +need be no fear but what they would get on well together, and that the +boy would prove a bright scholar. + +To Wang Ken and his pupil were assigned a room near Ki Pak's library, +where Yung Pak would spend several hours each day trying his best to +learn the Korean A B C's. + +The first book he had to study was called "The Thousand Character +Classic." This was the first book that all Korean boys had to study, and +was said to have been written by a very wise man hundreds of years ago. +A strange thing about it was that it was composed during one night, and +so great was the wise man's struggle that his hair and beard turned +white during that night. When Yung Pak was told this fact he was not a +bit surprised. He thought it was hard enough to have to learn what was +in the book, to say nothing of writing it in the beginning. + +At the same time that Yung Pak was learning to read, he was also +learning to write. But you would have been amused if you could have seen +his efforts. The strangest thing about it was that he did not use a pen, +but had a coarse brush on a long handle. Into the ink he would dip this +brush and then make broad marks on sheets of coarse paper. You would not +be able to understand those marks at all. They looked like the daubs of +a sign-painter gone crazy. + +Later on, Yung Pak had to study the history and geography of his +country. Some of the names he had to learn would amuse you very much. +The name of the province of Haan-kiung, for instance, meant Perfect +Mirror, or Complete View Province. Kiung-sang was the Korean name for +Respectful Congratulation Province, and Chung-chong meant Serene Loyalty +Province. One part of Korea, where the inhabitants were always peaceable +and unwarlike, was called Peace and Quiet Province, or, in the Korean +language, Ping-an. + +Under Wang Ken's instruction Yung Pak made rapid progress in his +studies, and when the boy's father questioned him from time to time as +to what he had learned, he was very much pleased, and commended his son +for his close attention to his studies. + +"Sometime," Ki Pak said to the boy, "if you continue to make such good +progress in your studies, you will be able to hold a high position in +the service of the king." + +In explanation of this remark, you should understand that no young man +was able to enter into the government service of Korea until he could +pass a very hard examination in many studies. + +Many things besides book-learning did Wang Ken teach his pupil. In all +the rules of Korean etiquette he was carefully and persistently drilled. + +As you have already been told, Yung Pak had from his earliest days been +taught the deepest reverence and honour for his father. This kind of +instruction was continued from day to day. He was told that a son must +not play in his father's presence, nor assume free or easy posture +before him. He must often wait upon his father at meal-times, and +prepare his bed for him. If the father is old or sickly, the son sleeps +near him by night, and does not leave his presence by day. If for any +reason the father is cast into prison, the son makes his home near by in +order that he may provide such comforts for his unfortunate parent as +the prison officials will allow. + +If, by chance, the father should be banished from the country for his +misdeeds, the son must accompany him at least to the borders of his +native land, and in some instances must go with him into exile. + +When the son meets his father in the street, he must drop to his knees +and make a profound salute, no matter what the state of the roadway. In +all letters which the son writes to his father he uses the most exalted +titles and honourable phrases he can imagine. + +[Illustration: HE MUST DROP TO HIS KNEES AND MAKE A PROFOUND SALUTE] + + + + +CHAPTER V. + + +A LESSON IN HISTORY + +As you already know, Yung Pak's father intended that his son, when he +grew up, should fill a position in the service of the king. To fit him +for this work, it was important that the boy should learn all that he +could of his country's history. + +On this account Yung Pak's tutor had orders to give to the lad each day, +during the hours devoted to study, some account of events in the rise +and progress of the Korean nation or of its royal families. + +You must know that Korea is a very old country, its history dating back +hundreds of years before America was discovered by Christopher Columbus. + +Now Wang Ken knew that dry history had very few attractions for his +young pupil, or any lively boy for that matter, so as far as possible he +avoided the repetition of dates and uninteresting events, and often gave +to Yung Pak much useful information in story form. + +One day, when the time came for the usual history lesson, Wang Ken said +to Yung Pak: + +"I think that to-day I will tell you the story of King Taijo." + +At this Yung Pak's eyes sparkled, and he was all attention in a moment. +He thought one of Wang Ken's stories was a great deal better than +puzzling over Korean letters or struggling with long strings of figures. +The tutor went on: + +"When Taijo was born, many, many years ago, our country was not called +Korea, but had been given the name of Cho-sen." + +Yung Pak had been told that Cho-sen meant Morning Calm, so he asked Wang +Ken how it came about that such a peaceful name had been given to his +country. + +"Why," said Wang Ken, "the name was given to our land years and years +ago by the leader of some Chinese settlers, whose name was Ki Tsze. In +his native land there had been much violence and war, so with his +friends and followers he moved to the eastward and selected this country +for his home. Here he hoped to be free from the attacks of enemies and +to be able to live a peaceful life. For this reason he chose a name +which well expressed its outward position--toward the rising sun--and +his own inward feelings,--Cho-sen, or Morning Calm. This is still the +official name of our country. + +"But to come back to our story of Taijo. At the time of his birth, the +rulers of the country were very unpopular because of their wickedness +and oppression of the people. There was much suffering on account of the +misrule, and the people longed for a deliverer who should restore +prosperity to Cho-sen. + +"Such a deliverer appeared in the person of Taijo. It is said that even +as a boy he surpassed his fellows in goodness, intelligence, and skill +in all sorts of boyish games." + +Wang Ken improved this opportunity to tell Yung Pak how important it was +that all boys should follow such an example. + +But while Yung Pak listened with apparent patience, he could hardly +conceal his inward desire that the tutor would go on with his story. +Like most boys, of all races, he felt that he could get along without +the moralizing. + +"Hunting with the falcon was one of Taijo's favourite sports. One day, +while in the woods, his bird flew so far ahead that its young master +lost sight of it. Hurrying on to find it, Taijo discovered a hut beside +the path, into which he saw the falcon fly. + +"Entering the hut, the youth found a white-bearded hermit priest, who +lived here alone and unknown to the outside world. For a moment Taijo +was speechless with surprise in the presence of the wise old hermit. + +"Seeing his embarrassment, the old man spoke to him in these words: + +"'What benefit is it for a youth of your abilities to be seeking a stray +falcon? A throne is a richer prize. Betake yourself at once to the +capital.' + +"Now Taijo knew how to take a hint as well as any boy, so he immediately +left the hut of the hermit, forsaking his falcon, and went to Sunto, +then the capital of the kingdom. + +"As I have already told you, Taijo was a wise youth. He did not rush +headlong into the accomplishment of the purpose hinted at by the hermit. +Had he done so, and at that time attempted to dethrone the king, he +would certainly have been overpowered and slain. + +"He took a more deliberate and sensible way. First he enlisted in the +army of the king. As he was a young man of courage and strength, he was +not long in securing advancement. He rapidly rose through the various +grades, until he finally held the chief command of the army as +lieutenant-general. + +"Of course Taijo did not reach this high station in a month, nor in a +year, but many years went by before he attained such an exalted place. +Meanwhile he married and had children. Several of these children were +daughters." + +Wang Ken did not say right here, what he might have said with +truth,--that in Korean families girls are considered of very little +consequence. But in this case Taijo's daughter proved to be of much help +in making her father the king of Cho-sen. + +"One of these daughters was married to the reigning king. Thus Taijo +became father-in-law to his sovereign. You can easily see that in this +relationship he must have had a large influence both over the king and +over the people. + +"Being a brave man and courageous fighter, Taijo was idolized by his +soldiers. He was also very popular with all the people because he was +always strictly honest and just in all his dealings with them. + +"Taijo proved his bravery and his reliance on the soldiers and on the +people by attempting to bring about a change in the conduct of the king, +who abused his power and treated his subjects without mercy. + +"The king, however, refused to listen to the advice of his +father-in-law, and, as a consequence, the hatred of the people for him +grew in volume and force every day. + +"Meanwhile, the king was having other troubles. In former years, Korea +had paid an annual tribute or tax to China, but for some time it had +been held back by this king. Consequently the Chinese (or Ming) emperor +sent a large army to enforce his demand for the amount of money due him. + +"The Korean ruler neglected the matter and finally refused to pay. He +then ordered that more soldiers be added to his army, that the Chinese +forces might be resisted; but with all his efforts the enemy's army was +much the larger. Nevertheless, he ordered Taijo, at the head of his +forces, to attack the Chinese. Upon this, Taijo thus addressed his +soldiers: + +"'Although the order from the king must be obeyed, yet the attack upon +the Ming soldiers, with so small an army as ours, is like casting an egg +against a rock, and no one of us will return alive. I do not tell you +this from any fear of death, but our king is too haughty. He does not +heed our advice. He has ordered out the army suddenly without cause, +paying no attention to the suffering which wives and children of the +soldiers must undergo. This is a thing I cannot bear. Let us go back to +the capital, and the responsibility shall fall on my shoulders alone.' + +"The soldiers were quite willing to take the advice of their courageous +leader, and resolved to obey his orders rather than the king's. They +went to the capital, forcibly removed the king from his throne, and +banished him to the island of Kang-wa. + +"Not yet, however, was Taijo made king. The deposed ruler plotted and +planned all kinds of schemes whereby he might be restored to his old +position of authority. Taijo heard of some of his plots, and finally did +that which would for ever extinguish the authority of the old king or +any of his family. He removed from the temple the tablets on which were +inscribed the names of the king's ancestors. More than this, he ordered +that no more sacrifices be offered to them. + +"The king could have suffered no greater insult than this, for, like +all Koreans, he held as sacred the memory of his ancestors, and even to +speak ill of one of them was an unpardonable crime. But this time he was +powerless to resent the indignity or to punish the offender, and +consequently he lost what little influence he had been able to retain. + +"Taijo was now formally proclaimed king. He was able to make peace with +the Chinese emperor, and under his rule the Koreans enjoyed freedom from +war and oppression. His descendants still sit upon the throne of Korea." + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + + +THE MONK'S STORY + +One evening, after Yung Pak had finished his supper, he sat talking with +his father and Wang Ken. + +The early evening hour was often spent in this way. It was a time of day +when Ki Pak was generally free from any official duty, and he was glad +to devote a little time to his son. He would inquire about the boy's +studies as well as about his sports, and Yung Pak would regale his +father with many an amusing incident or tell him something he had +learned during study hours. Sometimes he would tell of the sights he had +seen on the streets of Seoul, while on other occasions he would give +account of games with his playmates or of his success in shooting with a +bow and arrow. + +This latter sport was very common with the men and boys of Korea. It was +approved by the king for the national defence in time of war, and often +rewards were offered by rich men for winners in contests. Most Korean +gentlemen had private archery grounds and targets in the gardens near +their houses. + +Ki Pak had an arrow-walk and target in his garden, and here it was that +Yung Pak used to practise almost daily. He often, too, invited other +boys to enjoy the sport with him. + +At regular times every year public contests in arrow-shooting were held, +and costly prizes were offered to the winners by the king. The prizes +were highly valued by those who secured them, and Yung Pak looked +forward with eager anticipation to the day when he should be old enough +and skilful enough to take part in these contests. + +While Yung Pak was listening to the conversation between his father and +tutor on this evening, a knock was heard. + +On opening the door there was seen standing at the entrance a man rather +poorly clad in the white garments worn by nearly all the people of +Korea. But upon his head, instead of the ordinary cone-shaped hat worn +by the men of the country, was a very peculiar structure. It was made of +straw and was about four feet in circumference. Its rim nearly concealed +the man's face, which was further hidden by a piece of coarse white +linen cloth stretched upon two sticks and made fast just below the eyes. + +This method of concealing the face, together with the wearing of the +immense hat, was a symbol of mourning. Such a sight was not uncommon in +the streets of Seoul, and Yung Pak knew well its meaning. + +With great courtesy and hospitality Ki Pak invited the stranger within +the house. + +"I thank you for your kindness," said the visitor. "I am a stranger in +your city, a monk from a monastery in Kong-chiu. Your peculiar law not +allowing men upon the street after nightfall compels me to seek +shelter." + +"To that you are entirely welcome, my friend," said Ki Pak, whose +hospitable nature would have granted the monk's request, even if +sympathy for sorrow and reverence for religion had not also been motives +for his action. + +"Let me get the man something to eat," said Yung Pak as the monk seated +himself upon a mat. + +"Certainly, my son; it is always proper to offer food to a guest who +takes refuge under our roof." + +Quickly the boy sought his mother in the women's apartments, and very +soon returned with a steaming bowl of rice, which he placed before the +visitor. + +This gift of rice was especially pleasing to the traveller, as no dish +is held in higher honour in Korea. It is the chief cereal, and the +inhabitants say it originated in Ha-ram, China, nearly five thousand +years ago. Yung Pak called it Syang-nong-si, which means Marvellous +Agriculture. He had learned from Wang Ken that it was first brought to +Korea in 1122 B.C. + +To the monk the warm food was very refreshing, and after he had eaten a +generous amount he entered into conversation with his hosts. + +He told of the monastery where he made his home, and his account of the +various religious ceremonies and their origin was very interesting to +Yung Pak, who found that the visitor not only knew a great deal of the +history of the country, but was also familiar with its fables and +legends. + +Like many who live in retirement and dwell in a world apart from their +fellows, this monk thought the people of former times were superior to +the men of his own day. Especially did he praise the kings of years long +gone by. + +"Do you think," said Yung Pak, "that the old kings were any better than +our own gracious ruler?" + +Yung Pak was very jealous of the honour of his king. + +"Why, yes," replied the monk. "And to prove my statement let me tell you +a story: + +"Many years ago there was in Cho-sen a king named Cheng-chong. He was +celebrated throughout his kingdom for his goodness. It was a habit with +him to disguise himself in ordinary clothing and then to go out and +mingle with the common people. In this way he was often able to +discover opportunities for doing much good to his subjects. + +"One night Cheng-chong disguised himself as a countryman, and, taking a +single friend along, started out to make a tour of inspection among his +people, that he might learn the details of their lives. + +"Coming to a dilapidated-looking house, he suspected that within there +might be miserable people to whom he could render assistance. Desiring +to see the inside of the house, he punched a peep-hole in the paper +door. Looking through this hole, the king perceived an old man weeping, +a man in mourning garb singing, and a nun or widow dancing. + +"Cheng-chong was unable to imagine the cause of these strange +proceedings, so he asked his companion to call the master of the house. + +"In answer to the summons, the man in mourning made his appearance. The +king, with low and respectful salutation, said: + +"'We have never before met.' + +"'True,' was the reply, 'but whence are you? How is it that you should +come to find me at midnight? To what family do you belong?' + +"Cheng-chong answered: 'I am Mr. Ni, living at Tong-ku-an. As I was +passing before your house I was attracted by strange sounds. Then +through a hole in the door I saw an old man crying, a dancing nun, and a +man in mourning singing. Why did the nun dance, the bereaved man sing, +and the old man weep? I have called you out on purpose to learn the +reason of these things.' + +"'For what reason do you pry into other people's business?' was the +question in reply. 'This is little concern to you. It is past midnight +now, and you had better get home as soon as you can.' + +"'No, indeed. I admit that it seems wrong for me to be so curious in +regard to your affairs, but this case is so very extraordinary that I +hope you will not refuse to tell me about it. You may be sure that I +shall not betray your confidence.' + +"'Alas! why such persistence in trying to learn about other people's +business?' + +"'It is very important,' replied the king, 'that I should obtain the +information I have asked of you. Further than that I cannot explain at +present.'" + +Yung Pak wanted to interrupt the storyteller here and say that he did +not blame the man for objecting to telling his private business, but he +had early been taught that it was highly improper for a Korean boy to +break into the conversation of his elders. + +The monk continued: + +"'As you are so urgent in your desire to know the cause of the strange +proceedings you have witnessed, I will try to tell you. Poverty has +always been a burden upon my family. In my house there has never been +sufficient food for a solid meal, and I have not land enough even for an +insect to rest upon. I cannot even provide food for my poor old father. +This is the reason why my wife, from time to time, has cut off a portion +of her hair and sold it for an amount sufficient to buy a bowl of bean +soup, which she has generously given to my father. This evening she cut +off and sold the last tress of her hair, and thus she is now bald as a +nun.'" + +Yung Pak already knew that Korean women who devote their lives to +religious service kept their hair closely clipped, so the monk did not +need to explain his reference to a bald-headed nun. + +"'On this account," said the man to Cheng-chong, 'my father broke out +into mourning in these words: + +"'"Why have I lived to this age? Why did I not die years ago? Why has +this degradation come to my daughter-in-law?" Tears accompanied his +words. My wife and I tried to console him, and, besides urging him not +to weep, she danced for his amusement. I also danced and sang, and thus +we diverted the old man's thoughts and caused him to smile. That is the +true reason of our queer behaviour. I trust you will not think it +strange, and will now go away and leave us to our sorrow.' + +"The king was very much impressed by the man's story, particularly with +the evidence of such great devotion to his father, even in the time of +poverty and misfortune. So he said: 'This is really the most +extraordinary instance of filial love that I ever saw. I think you +should present yourself at the examination to-morrow.' + +"'What examination?' + +"'Why, there is to be an examination before the king of candidates for +official position. You know that all officials have to pass an +examination before they can receive an appointment. Be sure to be +there, and you may be fortunate enough to secure a position which will +remove all fear of poverty from your household.' + +"Having thus spoken, Cheng-chong bade the man good night and went at +once to his palace. + +"Very early in the morning he caused proclamation to be made that an +examination would be held that day, at a certain hour. Notwithstanding +the brief time for preparation, when the hour arrived a large number of +men presented themselves at the king's palace as candidates. + +"In the crowd was the poor man whom the king, in his disguise, had +talked with the night before. Though he understood little of the matter, +he felt that his visitor of the previous night must have known perfectly +about it. + +"When all had assembled, the following was announced as the subject of +the examination: 'The song of a man in mourning, the dance of a nun, the +tears of an old man.' + +"With the exception of the poor man, not a single one of the candidates +was able to make a bit of sense out of the subject. He alone knew it +perfectly well, because of his own personal sad experience. Consequently +he was able to turn in a clear essay upon the subject, which, upon +examination, the king found to be free from error. + +"Cheng-chong then bestowed the degree of doctor upon the man, and +ordered that he be brought into his presence. + +"Upon the man's appearance, the king asked: 'Do you know who I am? It is +I who last night advised you to be present at this examination. Raise +your head and look at me.' + +"With fixed gaze the man looked at the king, and recognized his +benefactor. He at once bowed himself to the ground in gratitude, and in +words of the most humble sort returned his thanks. + +"'Go at once,' said Cheng-chong, 'and return to your wife and old +father. Make them happy with the good news you have for them.' + +"This story of royal generosity has been handed down from generation to +generation, and I give it to you," concluded the monk, "as an example of +the goodness of our ancient kings and the rich inheritance we have from +them. True devotion to parents has never been unrewarded in Korea." + +His story concluded, the monk expressed a desire to retire for the +night. At Ki Pak's command a servant led him to a sleeping-room. Yung +Pak and the other members of the family also retired, and were soon +buried in peaceful slumber. + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + + +A JOURNEY + +It sometimes happened that Ki Pak, in performing his official duties, +was obliged to make long journeys to various parts of Korea. One of Yung +Pak's greatest pleasures was to listen to the stories which his father +used to tell him about these journeys. + +When Ki Pak made one of these trips through the country he could not +ride on the cars as you do, for there were no railways, with puffing +engines and comfortable coaches; neither could he take a carriage drawn +by swift and strong horses, for they too were unknown by the Koreans. +Even if he had possessed horses and carriage, there were few roads over +which they could have been driven. Most of the highways were simply +rough paths, over which men usually travelled on foot or on the backs of +ponies up and down the hills of the country. It was generally necessary +to cross rivers by fording, though, where the water was too deep for +this, rude and clumsy ferry-boats were provided. Occasionally, over a +narrow stream, a frail footbridge would be built. + +You can easily imagine Yung Pak's joy and surprise one day when his +father told him that he proposed to take his little son on his next +journey. + +Ki Pak had been ordered by the king to go to Chang-an-sa, a city among +the Diamond Mountains, near the eastern coast of Korea, and about eighty +miles from Seoul. In this place was a famous monastery, or temple, which +would be an object of much interest and wonder to Yung Pak. + +It was decided, also, that Wang Ken should be one of the party. He +would be able to explain to Yung Pak many things they might see on the +way. + +There was much to do to get ready for the journey. It would take four +days to cover the distance, and, as hotels were unknown along the route, +it was necessary to take along a good supply of provisions, bedding, +cooking utensils, and all sorts of things they might need while absent +from home. + +In addition to getting together all this material, ponies and drivers +had to be engaged. Sometimes, when Ki Pak went on short journeys, he was +carried in a chair by strong men, who by much practice had become able +to endure the fatigue of travel, and of bearing heavy burdens. This +chair was very different from the kind you have in your houses. Even a +comfortable rocker would not be very nice in which to take a long +journey. + +The Korean traveller's chair consists of a boxlike frame, of such +height that one may sit within in Turkish fashion upon the floor. The +roof is of bamboo, covered with painted and oiled paper. The sides also +are covered with oiled paper or muslin. In some cases a small stained +glass window is set in the side or front, but only rich men can afford +this luxury. The curtain in front can be raised or lowered. This serves +the double purpose of shutting out the glances of the curious and +keeping out the cold air. When the owner can afford it, an ample supply +of cushions and shawls makes the clumsy vehicle more comfortable for its +occupant. + +The chair rests upon two long poles, which hang by straps upon the +shoulders of four stout men. Under ordinary circumstances these men can +travel with their burden from twenty to thirty miles a day. + +Sometimes, also, when Yung Pak's father went about the streets of +Seoul, he rode in a chair very similar to the one just described. The +only difference was that it rested on a framework attached to a single +wheel directly underneath. This cross between a wheelbarrow and a +sedan-chair was supported and trundled along the street by four bearers. + +On this journey, however, Yung Pak and his companions were to ride on +ponies. + +The Korean ponies are small, fine-coated animals, little larger than +Shetland ponies. They are very tough and strong, and can endure long +marches with little food. They are sometimes obstinate and are desperate +fighters, squealing and neighing on all occasions. They often attack +other ponies, and never become friendly with each other on a journey. In +their attacks upon one another loads are forgotten and often seriously +damaged. Notwithstanding, they bear with much patience a great deal of +abuse from unkind masters. Because of much beating and overloading, +they are generally a sorry-looking lot of animals. + +Ki Pak had to engage ponies for himself, Yung Pak, and Wang Ken. He was +also obliged to employ a cook for the journey, who had to have a pony to +carry along the kettles and pans and other utensils. It was also +necessary to hire body-servants and several ponies to carry luggage, and +as each pony must have a _mapu_, or groom, it made quite a procession +when the party started out of Seoul on the journey to the northeast. + +It was a fine day when the start was made. It was not early in the +morning, for, if there is anything a Korean hates to do, it is to make +an early start on a journey. If you had been in Yung Pak's place, you +would have gone crazy with impatience. The servants were late in +bringing around the ponies, and the process of loading them was a very +slow one. + +But Yung Pak had long before learned to be patient under such +circumstances. In fact, he seemed to care little whether the start were +made in the morning or at noon. He calmly watched the servants at their +work, and, when at last all was declared ready, he gravely mounted his +pony and fell into the procession behind his father, with Wang Ken +immediately following. + +A most comical sight was the cook, perched on top of his load of pans, +pots, and potatoes. As his pony trotted along with the others, it looked +as if the cook was in constant danger of a fall from his lofty seat, but +he sat as calm and unconcerned as one could imagine. + +You would laugh if you should see the strings of eggs hanging across +this pony's back--yes, eggs. They were packed in bands of wheat straw, +and between each pair of eggs a straw was twisted. Thus a straw rope +enclosing twenty or more eggs, well protected, was made and thrown over +the top of the load. + +Other riders had more comfortable seats, for most of the ponies carried +baggage in two wicker baskets,--one strapped upon each side,--and on top +of these was piled bedding and wadded clothing, which made a soft seat +for the rider. + +The _mapus_ who accompanied the procession were dressed in short cotton +jackets, loose trousers, with sandals and cotton wrappings upon the +feet. They had to step lively to keep up with the ponies. + +All the people in this company carried with them long garments made of +oiled paper. You have already learned that the Korean paper is very +tough, and when soaked with oil it forms a splendid protection against +the rain. Many of these garments had a very peculiar appearance, because +they were made of paper on which had been set copies for schoolboys to +use in learning to write. + +As Yung Pak and his companions passed along the dirty streets of Seoul +toward a gate in the great wall, a curious crowd was attracted by the +unusual sight. This mob of men and boys were good-natured, but very +curious, and it gathered so close as to impede the progress of the +ponies. Moreover, a watchful eye had to be kept on all the luggage, lest +some over-covetous person might steal the provisions and supplies on the +ponies' backs. + +Notwithstanding the slow progress made by Ki Pak's company, it took only +a short time to pass through the narrow streets and out by the great +gate, leaving behind the noisy mob of men and boys who had followed them +to the city's wall. + +Once outside, upon the road which wound around and over the high hills +that surround the city, the pure country air seemed very sweet and +refreshing to Yung Pak, who knew nothing of life outside Seoul. This was +his first journey into the country, and the many strange sights drew +exclamations of surprise and wonder from him. The green waving grass and +swaying foliage of the trees were ever new sources of joy and pleasure, +and the delicate odours which the breezes bore to his sensitive nostrils +were refreshing and life-giving. + +Among the strange sights which attracted Yung Pak's attention, as they +rode along through the country, were some very curious figures erected +by the roadside. These were posts, one side of which was roughly planed. +On the upper part of each of these posts was a rude carving of a hideous +human face with prominent teeth. The cheeks and teeth were slightly +coloured. A most fiendish appearance was presented by these figures, +called by the Koreans _syou-sal-mak-i_, and if looks counted for +anything, they ought well to serve their purpose,--the scaring away of +evil spirits from the village near which the figures always stood. The +mile-posts, or _fjang-seung_, along the way were often similarly +decorated. + +[Illustration: "ON THE UPPER PART OF EACH OF THESE POSTS WAS A RUDE +CARVING"] + +Another curiosity by the wayside which led to wonder on Yung Pak's part +was an old trunk of a tall tree. For about thirty feet from the ground +this was painted in coloured stripes very much like a barber's pole. The +top and branches of the tree had been trimmed off, and the upper end was +rudely carved in a shape representing a dragon with a forked tail. From +the head, which resembled that of an alligator, hung various cords, to +which were attached small brass bells and a wooden fish. Wang Ken told +Yung Pak that this was a monument to some famous Korean "doctor of +literature." + +On the first day's journey toward Chang-an-sa the party made good +progress. The plan was to get to Yong-pyöng, about twenty miles from +Seoul, before nightfall. To you this would seem a short day's journey, +but when it is remembered that many of the servants were on foot, and +that the little ponies were heavily loaded, it does not seem so strange +that more ground could not be covered in one day. In addition, in many +places the roads were poor, though in the valleys there was a smooth +bottom where the sand had washed down from the hills. + +On some of these hillsides little villages were perched. Yung Pak +noticed that on the upper side of each of these hill-towns was a +moon-shaped wall. + +"What is that wall for?" he asked Wang Ken as they passed one. + +"That protects the village in time of rainstorms," replied the tutor. +"The soil here is of such a nature that it easily washes away, and if +the town were unprotected the earth would soon be swept from beneath the +houses. If you will look sharply, you will see outside the wall a deep +trench which carries off the rushing water." + +As they were slowly riding along a road which wound around and over a +high hill Yung Pak still kept his eyes wide open for strange sights. +Suddenly he lifted his arm, and, pointing toward a tree upon a little +hill at one side of the road, he said to Wang Ken: + +"Oh, what a queer-looking tree that is! And are not those strange leaves +on it? What kind of a tree is it, anyway?" + +"Ha, ha!" laughed Wang Ken, "I don't wonder that you call that a +strange-looking tree. Let's take a walk up to it and get a closer view." + +So the ponies were halted, and down sprang Yung Pak and Wang Ken. +Leaving the ponies in charge of the _mapus_, they marched up the hill to +get a nearer sight of the tree. + +"Why," said the boy, as they approached it, "those are not leaves that +we saw from the road, but they are rags and strips of cloth. It looks as +if some one had hung out their clothes to dry and forgotten to take them +in again. What does it all mean?" + +"That tree, my boy," Wang Ken replied, "is called the sacred devil-tree. +That is a queer combination of names, but you know there are a lot of +ignorant people in our country who are very superstitious. They believe +in all sorts of evil and good spirits. They think these spirits watch +every act of their lives. Consequently they do all they can to please +the good spirits and to drive away the evil ones. This tree they believe +has power to keep off the bad spirits, so every man who thinks that a +demon has possession of him tears a piece of cloth from his garment and +carefully ties it to a branch. That is how all these strips you see come +to be hanging above you. Some have hung there so long that the wind and +rain have torn them to rags." + +"Yes, but why is this done?" asked Yung Pak. + +"Because," was the reply, "a man who is possessed by an evil spirit +thinks that by thus tying a part of his clothing to the tree he may +induce the spirit to attach himself to it instead of to his own person." + +Yung Pak's curiosity satisfied, they returned to the road, mounted their +ponies, and quickly caught up with the rest of the party. + +No further incidents of special importance marked this first day's +journey, and shortly before nightfall they arrived at the town of +Yong-pyöng. They found the village inn to be a series of low, small +buildings built on three sides of a courtyard. Into low sheds in this +yard the ponies were crowded and the luggage removed from their backs. +Ki Pak's servants proceeded to build a fire in the centre of the yard +and the cook made preparations for getting supper. Travellers had to +provide a large part of their own meals, for, as already stated, these +village inns were not hotels in the real sense of the word. They were +simply rude lodging-places where travellers might be protected from the +night air and have a chance to sleep while passing through the country. + +Into the main waiting-room of the inn Yung Pak, with his father and +tutor, entered. At the door they removed their shoes and left them +outside. In the room were several other travellers seated upon the +floor, which was covered with oiled paper and grass mats. There was +absolutely no furniture. The walls were covered with clean white paper. +Each man in the room was smoking a pipe, which consisted of a brass bowl +and a reed stem over three feet long. All wore long white robes, though +one of the occupants had hung his hat upon the wall. + +Into this room after a time the cook brought supper for his masters. +Other servants brought in boxes which were used as tables, and though +the style was not just what Yung Pak was used to, he managed to eat a +hearty meal. The day in the open air had given him a hunger and a zest +he rarely knew. + +After supper, for a short time Yung Pak and Wang Ken talked over with Ki +Pak the events of the day. A servant soon announced that their +sleeping-rooms were ready, and they gladly at once sought their beds. To +get to their rooms they again stepped out into the courtyard. They found +that each bedroom was one of the little buildings facing the yard. Yung +Pak and Wang Ken occupied one room, while Ki Pak had a room by himself. +Through a narrow door about three feet high the lad and his tutor +entered their room. The door was simply a lattice shutter covered with +paper. The room was very small,--barely space for the two mattresses +which had been put there by the servants, and the ceiling was so low +that even the short Koreans could hardly stand upright. Yet here our two +friends managed to make themselves very comfortable for the night. + +Outside in the courtyard the fire was kept burning, beside which two +watchmen sat all night smoking and telling stories. It was necessary to +maintain a watch till morning because the country districts of Korea are +infested with wild animals, particularly tigers, and the bright blaze of +the fire served to keep them at a distance. Otherwise the thin-walled +houses would have been slight protection for the sleeping travellers. + +As it was, Yung Pak slept soundly the whole night, and did not awake +until after daylight, when servants brought to his door a wooden bowl +and a brass vessel full of water for his morning bath. Quickly he sprang +up, and with his companions made ready for the day's journey, for they +were all anxious to be on their way. + +[Illustration: "THE DAY WAS PASSED IN MUCH THE SAME MANNER AS THE +PRECEDING ONE"] + +Breakfast was served in much the same manner as the supper of the +previous evening had been. Of this meal all heartily partook, for a +Korean is never guilty of having a poor appetite. + +As usual, it took a long time to get the ponies properly loaded and +ready to start, and the forenoon was about half-gone when the procession +finally left the courtyard of the inn. + +A twenty-mile march would bring the party to Rang-chyön, where it was +proposed to spend the second night of the journey. + +The day was passed in much the same manner as the preceding one, though +of course new scenes proved ever interesting to Yung Pak. During this +day the party had to cross a river which was too deep to ford, and over +which there was no sort of bridge. For the assistance of travellers a +ferry-boat had been provided. This boat was a broad, flat-bottomed, +clumsy affair. It could carry but three ponies at a time, with several +men. The men in charge of the boat were slow and obstinate, and +consequently it took a long time for all to get across the river. + +It was right here that an unfortunate, yet laughable, accident occurred. + +As on the preceding day, the cook rode perched upon his pony's load of +kettles, pans, and pots. When riding along a good road his position was +precarious enough, requiring all his best efforts to maintain his +balance. + +When his turn came to go upon the ferry-boat, Ki Pak advised him to +dismount and lead his pony across the plank which covered the watery +space between the bank of the river and the boat. But the cook was an +obstinate Korean, as well as a trifle lazy, and refused to get down, +thinking he could safely drive his beast across the gang-plank. +Ordinarily this would have been possible, but on this particular +occasion, just as the pony stepped upon the plank, the boat gave a +lurch, the plank slipped, and overboard went pony, cook, and all. For a +few moments there was enough bustle and excitement to suit any one. +Fortunately, the water was not deep, and quickly the drenched animal and +man were pulled from the water. The only permanent harm was to some of +the provisions that were a part of the pony's load. The cook was a wiser +as well as a wet man, and made up his mind that the next time he would +heed the advice to dismount when boarding a ferry-boat. + +The day's journey was completed without further special incident, and at +night they rested in the inn at Rang-chyön under conditions much the +same as at Yong-pyöng. + +The third day's journey brought the company to Kewen-syong. On the way +thither Yung Pak was much interested in the sights of the country, which +grew wilder and more strange the farther they got from Seoul. On this +day numerous highwaymen were met, but they dared not molest the +travellers on account of the large number in the party. + +The cabins along the country roads were a continual source of curiosity +to Yung Pak. They were built of mud, without windows, and no door except +a screen of cords. In nearly every doorway would be sitting a man, +smoking a long-stemmed pipe, who looked with wide-open eyes at the +unusual procession passing his house. + +Of course all the men who lived in these country cabins were farmers, +and Yung Pak liked to watch them as they worked in their fields, for to +the city-bred boy this is always an entrancing sight. What seemed most +curious to him was the fact that women were also at work in the fields. +At his home the women of the family nearly always stayed in their own +apartments, and when they did go out always went heavily veiled. These +country women not only assisted in the farm work, but they had to do all +the spinning and weaving for the family, in addition to usual household +cares. + +Wang Ken was able to tell Yung Pak much about country life, for, like +most of the school-masters of Korea, he was himself a farmer's son. He +told how the Korean farmer lived a simple, patient life, while at the +same time he was ignorant and superstitious. He believed in demons, +spirits, and dragons, and in nearly every house were idols in honour of +the imaginary deities. + +Pigs and bulls are the chief animals on Korean farms. The latter are +used as beasts of burden, though occasionally a more prosperous man may +own a pony or a donkey. The farming tools are extremely rude and simple, +thus necessitating the labour of several men or women where one man +could do the work with good tools. + +While travelling along Yung Pak met several hunters. They were not an +uncommon sight on the streets of Seoul. When in the city they wore a +rough felt conical hat and dark blue cotton robe. The garments were ugly +in appearance and inconvenient. When the hunters were after game the +robe was discarded, and its place taken by a short wadded jacket, its +sleeves bound around the arms over wadded cuffs which reached from wrist +to elbow. In a similar way the trousers were bound to the calf of the +hunter's leg, and light straw sandals over a long piece of cotton cloth +were strapped to the feet and ankles. A huge string game-bag was slung +over his back, and in an antelope's horn or a crane's bill bullets were +carried. Powder was kept dry in a tortoise-shaped case of leather or +oiled paper. + +Yung Pak's father would have been glad to have taken time for seeking +game with some of these hunters, but the business of his trip prevented +any unnecessary delay on the journey. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + + +THE MONASTERY AT CHANG-AN-SA + +In the latter part of the afternoon of the fourth day, our travellers, +weary and worn with the long journey, came in sight of Chang-an-sa, the +Temple of Eternal Rest, one of the oldest monasteries of Korea, where +hundreds of monks devoted their lives to the service of Buddha. + +The temple buildings, with deep curved roofs, are in a glorious +situation on a small level lot of grassy land crowded between the high +walls of a rocky ravine. + +Yung Pak was delighted at his first sight of the great temple and the +surrounding buildings. Through the swaying branches of the forest-trees +he caught brief glimpses of the granite walls and turrets reddening in +the sunset glow. The deepening gloom of the gorge was lighted by the +slant beams of the setting sun, and on the water in the stream below +flecks of foam sparkled and danced in the light of the dying day. + +At first conversation was out of the question in the presence of such a +majestic display of nature's wonders combined with the handiwork of man. + +Coming to a gate of red stone, Yung Pak asked the meaning of the carved +arrow in the arch overhead. + +"That arrow," replied his father, "signifies that the temples to which +this gate is the outer entrance are under the patronage of the king. +Wherever you see that sign, you may know that the king has a special +interest, and his messengers will be treated with respect and +hospitality. Consequently we may expect to be well cared for during our +visit to this place." + +Passing through the gate, our friends found themselves at once in the +midst of the Chang-an-sa monastery buildings. In addition to the great +chief temple, there were many smaller places of worship, with bell and +tablet houses. There were also cells and sleeping-rooms for the monks, +servants' quarters, stables, a huge kitchen, and an immense dining-room, +together with a large guest-hall and a nunnery. In addition there were +several buildings devoted to the care of the aged, the infirm, and the +sick. All these places, during his stay, Yung Pak visited in company +with Wang Ken and guided by one of the monks. + +Besides the buildings already mentioned there were several houses that +had been erected by the king on purpose for the use of his officials, +and it was to one of these that Ki Pak and his son and Wang Ken were led +by several of the priests of the monastery. In the meantime, the +servants and the ponies were cared for in other places assigned for the +purpose. + +Yung Pak was not sorry to arrive at his journey's end, even though he +had enjoyed himself every moment of the time since he left Seoul. A four +days' ride on the back of a pony will make the most enthusiastic +traveller tired, and Yung Pak was glad to get to bed in the comfortable +room provided just as soon as he had eaten his supper. His night's sleep +was a sound one, though at midnight, and again at four o'clock in the +morning, he was awakened by the ringing of bells and gongs that called +the monks to the worship of Buddha. + +In the morning Yung Pak awoke greatly refreshed, and, after a bountiful +breakfast, he started out with Wang Ken, guided by a monk, to see the +wonders of Chang-an-sa monastery. + +One of the first things he noticed was the large number of boys about +the place. He learned from the guide that these lads were all orphans +who were being cared for by the priests, and who, later in life, would +themselves become priests of Buddha. They were all bright and active, +and were kept busily employed as waiters and errand-runners when they +were not at work on their studies. Like most boys, however, they managed +to get a generous share of time for play. + +It would be impossible to tell in detail about all the strange things +Yung Pak saw at this monastery. The chief temple was an enormous +structure of stone and tile and carved wood, all decorated in gorgeous +combinations of red, green, gold, and white. + +Within this temple was one room called the "chamber of imagery." Inside +its darkened walls a single monk chanted his monotonous prayer before +an altar. During the chant he also occupied himself by striking a small +bell with a deer-horn. Bells played a great part in the worship at +Chang-an-sa, and all the prayers were emphasized by the clanging of +bells great or small. + +Along the shadowy walls of this room could be seen the weapons, as well +as the eyes and teeth, the legs and arms, of gods and demons otherwise +invisible. These had a ghostly effect on Yung Pak, and made him cling +closely to the side of his tutor. + +Above the altar before which the priest knelt was an immense carving in +imitation of an uprooted tree. Among the roots thus exposed were placed +fifty-three idols in all kinds of positions. Beneath the carving were +represented three fierce-looking dragons, on whose faces were signs of +the most awful torment and suffering. + +"About this altar-piece," said Yung Pak's guide, "there is a legend you +might like to hear." + +"Oh, yes," was the reply, "tell us the story." + +"Many years ago," began the guide, "fifty-three Buddhist priests came +from India to Korea for the purpose of converting the people to their +belief. When they reached this place they were very tired, and sat down +by a spring beneath the wide-spreading branches of a tree. They had not +been there long when three dragons appeared and attacked the priests. +During the contest the dragons called up a great wind which uprooted the +tree. In return, each of the priests placed an image of Buddha on a +tree-root, turning it into an altar. Thus they were able to overcome the +dragons, who were forced into the spring. On top of them great stones +were piled, and afterward the monastery of Chang-an-sa was built upon +the site of the battle between the priests and the dragons." + +Afterward Yung Pak visited the great kitchens, the dining-rooms, the +stables, the private rooms of the monks, and every place which might be +of interest to an inquisitive boy of his age. + +During the time he remained at Chang-an-sa he made several excursions +into the surrounding country, but always returning to the monastery at +night. + +Meanwhile Ki Pak had transacted the business for which he came to this +region, and at the end of ten days was ready to return to Seoul. + +Of this journey it is not necessary to tell. No mishap marred the +pleasure of the trip, and all returned safe and sound to their home in +the capital city of Korea. Yung Pak had enjoyed the journey very, very +much, yet he was not sorry once more to be among the familiar scenes and +surroundings of home. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + + +A FULL-FLEDGED TOP-KNOT + +Like all Korean boys, Yung Pak wore his hair in two braids, and by the +time he was twelve years old these had become very long, and hung in +black and glossy plaits down his back. + +On the day that he was thirteen his father called him to his room and +told the lad that the time had come for him to assume the dignities of a +man. In accordance with that statement, he had decided that on the next +day his son should be formally "invested" with the top-knot. In other +words, the crown of his head was to be shaven, and his long hair tightly +coiled upon the bare place thus made. This is called the "Investiture +of the Top-knot," and is always attended by solemn ceremonies. + +In preparation for this event Ki Pak had made careful and elaborate +arrangements. He had provided for his son new clothes and a hat after +the style of his own. He had also consulted an eminent astrologer, who +had chosen the propitious day and hour for the ceremony after due +consultation of the calendar and the stars and planets in their courses. + +Generally, if the father is blessed with good fortune and a number of +sons, he acts as his own master of ceremonies on such an occasion, but +as Ki Pak had only this one son he decided to ask his brother, Wu-pom +Nai, who had several sons and was a prosperous merchant of Seoul, to +fill this important position. + +Yung Pak could hardly wait for the morrow to come. So excited was he at +the thought of the great honour that was to be his that he spent almost +a sleepless night. However, like all nights, long or short, this one +passed, and the wished-for hour at last arrived. + +All the male members of the family were present. Korean women are +reckoned of little importance and take no part in social and family +affairs. On this occasion no men except relatives were asked to attend. + +Yung Pak was directed to seat himself on the floor in the centre of the +room, facing the east. This was the point of compass revealed by the +astrologer as most favourable to the young candidate for manly honours. + +With great deliberation and much formality Wu-pom Nai proceeded to +loosen the boy's heavy plaits of hair. Then with great care, while the +onlookers watched with breathless interest, he shaved the crown of the +lad's head, making a bare circular spot about three inches in diameter. +Over this spot he twisted all the remaining hair into a coil about four +inches long, pointing slightly forward like a horn. + +Over the top-knot thus made the master of ceremonies placed the +_mang-kun,_ which was a crownless skull-cap made of a very delicate +stiff gauze. This was tied on very tightly,--so tightly that it made a +deep ridge in Yung Pak's forehead and gave him a severe headache; but he +bore the pain heroically and without flinching--for was he not now a +man? The regular Korean man's hat, with its flapping wings, was next put +on, and this part of the ceremony was complete. + +Yung Pak now rose from his position, and made a deep bow to each one in +the room, beginning with his father, and then in regular order according +to relationship. Afterward, accompanied by his relatives, he proceeded +to the room where were placed the tablets in memory of his ancestors. +There he offered sacrifice before each one in turn. Lighted candles in +brass candlesticks he placed in front of each tablet, and beside the +candles he put dishes of sacrificial food and fruit. Then, as before +his living relatives, he bowed profoundly to the tablets of the dead +ones, and formally and seriously let them know that he had been +regularly invested with the top-knot, and now had the right to be +regarded as a man. + +The sacrifices made, Yung Pak called at the homes of all the male +friends of the family, who now for the first time looked upon him as +their equal, and in the evening Ki Pak gave a great dinner in honour of +his son. Here there was much feasting and rejoicing, and all united in +wishing the greatest prosperity and lifelong happiness to the little +Korean boy now become a man. + +He is no longer our _little_ Korean cousin. Hence, we leave him at this +point, joining heartily in the best wishes and the compliments bestowed +upon him by his friends. + + +THE END. + + + + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Our Little Korean Cousin, by H. Lee M. Pike + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OUR LITTLE KOREAN COUSIN *** + +***** This file should be named 12048-8.txt or 12048-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/2/0/4/12048/ + +Produced by Million Book Project, Juliet Sutherland, and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + + https://www.gutenberg.org/etext06 + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: + https://www.gutenberg.org/GUTINDEX.ALL + + diff --git a/old/12048-8.zip b/old/12048-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf8dc92 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/12048-8.zip diff --git a/old/12048-h.zip b/old/12048-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..97447d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/12048-h.zip diff --git a/old/12048-h/12048-h.htm b/old/12048-h/12048-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4a52fc --- /dev/null +++ b/old/12048-h/12048-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,2382 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> + +<html> +<head> + <meta name="generator" content= + "HTML Tidy for Windows (vers 1st February 2004), see www.w3.org"> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content= + "text/html; charset=iso-8859-1"> + + <title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Our Little Korean Cousin, + by H. Lee M. Pike.</title> + <style type="text/css"> + /*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ + <!-- + P { margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + } + HR { width: 33%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + } + BODY{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + .linenum {position: absolute; top: auto; left: 4%;} /* poetry number */ + .note {margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;} /* footnote */ + .blkquot {margin-left: 4em; margin-right: 4em;} /* block indent */ + .pagenum {position: absolute; left: 92%; font-size: smaller;} /* page numbers */ + .sidenote {width: 20%; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: 1em; padding-left: 1em; font-size: smaller; float: right; clear: right;} + + .poem {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; text-align: left;} + .poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} + .poem p {margin: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem p.i2 {margin-left: 2em;} + .poem p.i4 {margin-left: 4em;} + .poem .caesura {vertical-align: -200%;} + .list + {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .rom + {list-style-type: upper-roman;} + // --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> +</head> + +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Our Little Korean Cousin, by H. Lee M. Pike + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Our Little Korean Cousin + +Author: H. Lee M. Pike + +Release Date: April 15, 2004 [EBook #12048] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OUR LITTLE KOREAN COUSIN *** + + + + +Produced by Million Book Project, Juliet Sutherland, and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. + + + + + + +</pre> + + <h1>Our Little Korean Cousin</h1> + + <h3>By</h3> + + <h2>H. Lee M. Pike</h2> + + <p style="text-align: center;"><i>Illustrated by</i></p> + + <p style="text-align: center;">L.J. Bridgman</p><br> + + <center> + <a name="ILL_0"></a> <img src="images/0.jpg" width="229" + height="345" alt= + ""THE DAY WAS PASSED IN MUCH THE SAME MANNER AS THE PRECEDING ONE"" + title=""> + </center> + + <hr style="width:65%;"> + + <h2>Preface</h2><br> + + <p>Until very recently little has been known of the strange land + in which the subject of this tale lives. Recent events have done + much to introduce Korea and its people to the world at large. For + this reason the story of Yung Pak's youthful days may be the more + interesting to his Western cousins.</p> + + <p>These are stirring times in Korea, and it may safely be + prophesied that the little Koreans of the present day will occupy + a larger place in the world's history than have their fathers and + grandfathers. Their bright eyes are now turned toward the light, + and, under the uplifting influences of education and + civilization, the old superstitions and antique customs are bound + to give way.</p> + + <p>Some famous Americans and Englishmen have had no small part in + letting in the light upon this dark nation, and in years to come, + when Korea shall have attained to the full stature of national + strength, the names of Rodgers, Blake, Kimberly, and many others + will be held in high esteem by the people of that country.</p> + + <p>This little volume gives just a glimpse into the mode of life, + the habits and customs, the traditions and superstitions, of the + Koreans. If it awakens an interest in the minds of its young + readers, and inspires them with a desire for further knowledge of + their cousins in this far Eastern land, its purpose will be well + served.</p> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="Contents"></a> + + <h2>Contents</h2> + + <div class="list"> + <ol class="rom"> + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_I">SOME QUEER THINGS</a></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_II">YUNG PAK'S HOME</a></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_III">A GLIMPSE OF THE KING</a></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_IV">YUNG PAK AT SCHOOL</a></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_V">A LESSON IN HISTORY</a></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_VI">THE MONK'S STORY</a></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_VII">A JOURNEY</a></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII">THE MONASTERY AT + CHANG-AN-SA</a></li> + + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_IX">A FULL-FLEDGED TOP-KNOT</a></li> + </ol> + </div> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="List_of_Illustrations"></a> + + <h2>List of Illustrations</h2> + + <div class="list"> + <ol class="rom"> + <li><a href="#ILL_0">FRONT</a></li> + <li><a href="#ILL_I">YUNG PAK A STREET IN SEOUL</a></li> + + <li><a href="#ILL_II">ALL THE BOYS SIT UPON THE + FLOOR</a></li> + + <li><a href="#ILL_III">HE MUST DROP TO HIS KNEES AND MAKE A + PROFOUND SALUTE</a></li> + + <li><a href="#ILL_IV">ON THE UPPER PART OF EACH OF THESE + POSTS WAS A RUDE CARVING</a></li> + + <li><a href="#ILL_V">THE DAY WAS PASSED IN MUCH THE SAME + MANNER AS THE PRECEDING ONE</a></li> + </ol> + </div> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="OUR_LITTLE_KOREAN_COUSIN"></a> + + <h2>OUR LITTLE KOREAN COUSIN</h2> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="CHAPTER_I"></a> + + <h2>CHAPTER I.</h2><br> + + <center> + SOME QUEER THINGS + </center> + + <p>Yung Pak was the very queer name of a queer little boy who + lived in a queer house in a queer city. This boy was peculiar in + his looks, his talk was in a strange tongue, his clothes were odd + in colour and fit, his shoes were unlike ours, and everything + about him would seem to you very unusual in appearance. But the + most wonderful thing of all was that he did not think he was a + bit queer, and if he should see one of you in your home, or at + school, or at play, he would open wide his slant eyes with wonder + at your peculiar ways and dress. The name of the country in which + this little boy lived is Korea.</p> + + <p>One thing about Yung Pak, though, was just like little boys + everywhere. When he first came to his home in the Korean city, a + little bit of a baby, his father and mother were very, very glad + to see him. Your father and mother gave you no warmer welcome + than the parents of this little Korean baby gave to him.</p> + + <p>Perhaps Yung Pak's father did not say much, but any one could + have seen by his face that he was tremendously pleased. He was a + very dignified man, and his manner was nearly always calm, no + matter how stirred up he might have felt in his mind. This was + one of the rare occasions when his face expanded into a smile, + and he immediately made a generous offering of rice to the + household tablets.</p> + + <p>All Koreans pay great honour to their dead parents, and + tablets to their memory are placed in some room set apart for the + purpose. Before these tablets sacrifices are offered. Yung Pak's + father would have been almost overwhelmed with terror at thought + of having no one to worship his memory and present offerings + before his tablet.</p> + + <p>It is to be feared that if, instead of Yung Pak, a little + daughter had come to this Korean house, the father and the mother + would not have been so pleased. For, strange as it may seem to + you who live in homes where little daughters and little sisters + are petted and loved above all the rest of the family, in Korea + little girls do not receive a warm welcome, though the mothers + will cherish and fondle them—as much from pity as from + love. The mothers know better than any one else how hard a way + the little girl will have to travel through life.</p> + + <p>But it is Yung Pak we want to tell you about.</p> + + <p>As his father was a wealthy man, all the comforts and luxuries + which could be given to a Korean baby were showered on this tiny + boy.</p> + + <p>One of the queer things, though, was that he had no little + cradle in which he might be rocked to sleep. And you know that + all babies, especially little babies, sleep a great deal. So how + do you suppose Yung Pak's mother used to put him to sleep in this + land where cradles were unknown? She put him on the bed and + patted him lightly on the stomach. This she called <i>to-tak, + to-tak</i>.</p> + + <p>As Yung Pak grew older he was given many toys, among them + rattles, drums, flags, and dolls, just as you had them. Some of + the toys, though, were very peculiar ones—different from + anything you ever saw. He had little tasselled umbrellas, just + like the big one his father used when he walked out in the sun. + He also had little fringed hats and toy chariots with fancy + wheels. One of Yung Pak's favourite toys was a wooden + jumping-jack with a pasteboard tongue. By pulling a string the + tongue was drawn in and a trumpet carried up to the mouth.</p> + + <p>Another favourite toy was a tiger on wheels. Tiger-hunting, by + the way, was considered great sport by Yung Pak's father. It was + a very dangerous one, too, and sometimes lives were sacrificed in + his efforts to capture or to kill this fierce wild beast. + Sometimes the animal was caught in a trap which was nothing less + than a hut of logs with a single entrance. In the roof of the hut + heavy beams would be placed on a forked stick. The bait—a + young lamb or kid—would be tied beneath the beams. The + moment the bait was touched, down would come the heavy + timber—smash—on the tiger's head.</p> + + <p>But Yung Pak's tiger was ferocious only in looks. It was made + of paper pulp and painted with bright stripes. This harmless + image of a fierce beast Yung Pak would pull about the floor with + a string by the hour.</p> + + <p>All his pets were not of wood and paper. Real live animals he + had. Puppies and kittens, of course. His greatest pet, though, + was a monkey. What little boy ever saw a monkey that he didn't + want for his own? So when Yung Pak's father made him a present of + a monkey—a real monkey—alive—he just danced + with glee.</p> + + <p>This monkey was not a very large one,—not over a foot + high,—but he could cut capers and play tricks equal to any + monkey you ever saw travelling with an organ-grinder. He was + dressed in a scarlet jacket, and he was always with Yung Pak, + except sometimes when he would try to plague him by breaking away + and running—perhaps to the house-top or to the neighbour's + garden.</p> + + <p>After a little while Yung Pak got used to these "monkey + shines," and he knew that his pet would not stay away long after + mealtime.</p> + + <p>As Yung Pak grew older he was allowed to play with other boys + of his own age. A favourite sport was Hunting the Ring. In this + game the boys would get together quite a large heap of sand. In + this sand one of them would hide a ring, and then the urchins + would all get slender sticks and poke around in the pile trying + to find the ring. Whoever succeeded in getting the ring on his + stick won the game, and carried the prize home as a sign of + victory.</p> + + <p>Sometimes Yung Pak would be the winner, and then he would + march home with great glee and show the trophy to his father.</p> + + <p>One of the first things Yung Pak was taught was to be + respectful to his father. Never was he allowed to fail in this + duty in the least. This does not seem strange when we know what a + sober, serious, dignified man Yung Pak's father was. It would not + do to allow his son to do anything that would upset his dignity, + though he loved him very much indeed.</p> + + <p>It was far different with the boy's mother. Her little boy + soon learned that her wishes counted for very little in the + family, and she never ventured to rebuke him, no matter how + seriously he might offend her or what naughty thing he might + do.</p> + + <p>One queer thing about Yung Pak was the way he used to wear his + hair. While still very young his head was shaved, except a little + round spot on the very crown. Here it was allowed to grow, and as + years went by it grew quite long, and was braided in two plaits + down his back.</p> + + <p>When Yung Pak grew to be a man the long hair was knotted up on + top of his head, and for this reason many people call Koreans + "Top-knots." But of this arrangement of the hair we shall tell + more farther on.</p> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="CHAPTER_II"></a> + + <h2>CHAPTER II.</h2><br> + + <center> + YUNG PAK'S HOME + </center> + + <p>Ki Pak, Yung Pak's father, was one of the king's officials. On + this account his home was near the great palace of the king, in + the city of Seoul, the capital of the country.</p> + + <p>This city did not look much like the ones in which you live. + There were no wide streets, no high buildings, no street-cars. + Instead, there were narrow, dirty lanes and open gutters. + Shopkeepers not only occupied both sides of the crowded streets, + but half their wares were exposed in and over the dirty gutters. + Grain merchants and vegetable dealers jostled each other in the + streets themselves. In and about among them played the boys of + the city, not even half-clothed in most cases. There were no + parks and playgrounds for them such as you have. Often, too, boys + would be seen cantering through the streets, seated sidewise on + the bare backs of ponies, caring nothing for passers-by, ponies, + or each other—laughing, chatting, eating chestnuts. Other + boys would be carrying on their heads small round tables covered + with dishes of rice, pork, cabbage, wine, and other things.</p> + + <center> + <a name="ILL_I"></a> <img src="images/1.jpg" width="232" + height="348" alt="A STREET IN SEOUL" title=""> + </center> + + <h5>A STREET IN SEOUL</h5> + + <p>Around the city was a great wall of stone fourteen miles in + length. In some places it clung to the edges of the mountains, + and then dropped into a deep ravine, again to climb a still + higher mountain, perhaps. In one direction it enclosed a forest, + in another a barren plain. Great blocks were the stones, that had + been in place many, many years. It must have taken hundreds and + thousands of men to put them in position, and, though the wall + was hundreds of years old, it was still well preserved. It was + from twenty-five to forty feet high. The wall was hung from one + end of the city to the other with ivy, which looked as if it had + been growing in its place centuries before Yung Pak was born.</p> + + <p>In the wall were eight gates, and at each one a keeper was + stationed at all hours of the day and night. No persons could + come in or go out unless their business was known to those who + had charge of the passage.</p> + + <p>Every evening, at sunset, the gates were closed, and during + the night no one was allowed to pass through in either + direction.</p> + + <p>A curious ceremony attended the closing of these gates. They + were never shut till the king had been notified that all was well + on the north, on the south, on the east, and on the west. As + there were no telegraph lines, another way had to be provided by + which messages might be quickly sent. Bonfires upon the + surrounding hills were used as signals. By these fires the king + was told if all were well in his kingdom, and every evening, as + soon as the sun was set, four beacon-fires on a hill within the + walls told the news as it was flashed to them from the mountains + outside. Then four officers, whose business it was to report to + the king the message of the fires, hastened to him, and with + great ceremony and much humility announced that all was well. On + this the royal band of music would strike up its liveliest airs, + and a great bell would toll its evening warning. This bell was + the third largest in the world, and for five centuries it had + given the signal for opening and closing the gates of Seoul, the + chief city of the "Land of the Morning Radiance."</p> + + <p>At the stroke of the bell, with a great clang the gates were + shut, and strong bars were placed across the inner sides, not to + be removed until at early dawn the bell again gave its signal to + the keepers.</p> + + <p>To little Yung Pak, the loud tones of the bell meant more even + than to the sentinels at the gates. He knew that not only was it + a signal for the closing of the city gates, but it was also a + warning that bedtime was at hand.</p> + + <p>The house in which Yung Pak lived was a very fine one, + although the grounds were not as spacious as those of many houses + in the outskirts of the city. But its walls were of stone, + whereas many of the houses of Seoul had walls of paper.</p> + + <p>Yes, actually walls of paper!</p> + + <p>But this paper was a very tough, fibrous substance, and would + resist quite a heavy blow as well as keep out the cold. Its + slight cost brought it within the means of the poorer people.</p> + + <p>In some parts of Korea the houses were built of stout timbers, + the chinks covered with woven cane and plastered with mud. Neat + hedges of interlaced boughs surrounded them. The chimney was + often simply a hollow tree, not attached to the house.</p> + + <p>Ki Pak's house was not only built of stone, but about it were + four walls of stone, about five feet high, to help keep out + intruders. The wall was surmounted by a rampart of plaited + bamboo. In this wall were three gates, corresponding to entrances + into the house itself. One gate, the largest, on the north side, + was used only by Ki Pak himself, though after he grew older Yung + Pak could enter this gate with his father. The second gate, on + the east, was used by the family and friends of Ki Pak. The third + and smallest gate was reserved for the use of the servants.</p> + + <p>The roof of this house was not covered with shingles, but with + clay tiles, coloured red. Many houses in the city had simply a + roof-covering of thatched straw.</p> + + <p>The house was but a single story high, but in this respect the + king's palace itself was no better. There were three divisions to + the house. One was for the use of the men, a second for the women + of the family, and a third for the servants. Each division had a + suitable number of rooms for its occupants.</p> + + <p>Yung Pak's own sleeping-room was a dainty affair, with its + paper walls, tiger-skin rugs upon the stone floor, and the + softest of mats and silk and wadded cotton coverings for his + couch.</p> + + <p>This couch, by the way, was another queer affair. It was built + of brick! Beneath it were pipes or flues connected with other + pipes which ran beneath the whole house. Through these flues were + forced currents of hot air from a blaze in a large fireplace at + one end of the house. The chimney was at the other end, and thus + a draught of hot air constantly passed beneath the floors in cold + weather. On warm nights Yung Pak would pile his mats upon the + floor and sleep as comfortably as ever you did on the softest + feather bed your grandmother could make.</p> + + <p>The windows of Ki Pak's house were not made of glass, but were + small square frames covered with oiled paper. These frames fitted + into grooves so that they could be slid back and forth, and in + warm weather the windows were always left open. The doors were + made of wood, though in many houses paper or plaited bamboo was + used.</p> + + <p>When Yung Pak ate his meals, he sat upon a rug on the floor + with his father and such male guests as might be in the house. + The women never ate with them. Their meals were served in their + own rooms.</p> + + <p>A servant would bring to each person a <i>sang</i>, or small + low table. Instead of a cloth, on each table was a sheet of fine + glazed paper which had the appearance of oiled silk. This paper + was made from the bark of the mulberry-tree. It was soft and + pliable, and of such a texture that it could be washed easier + than anything else, either paper or cloth. On this were placed + dishes of porcelain and earthen ware. There were no knives or + forks, but in their place were chop-sticks such as the Chinese + used. Spoons also were on the table. A tall and long-spouted + teapot was always the finest piece of ware.</p> + + <p>On the dining-tables of the poorer people of Korea the teapot + was never seen, for, strange as it may seem, in this land + situated between the two greatest tea-producing countries of the + world, tea is not in common use.</p> + + <p>All Koreans have splendid appetites, and probably if you + should see Yung Pak eating his dinner you would criticize his + table manners. He not only ate a large amount of food, but ate it + very rapidly—almost as if he feared that some one might + steal his dinner before he could dispose of it. And you would + think that he never expected to get another square meal!</p> + + <p>But it was not Yung Pak's fault that he was such a little + glutton. In his youngest days, when his mother used to regulate + his food, she would stuff him full of rice. Then she would turn + him over on his back and paddle his stomach with a ladle to make + sure that he was well filled!</p> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="CHAPTER_III"></a> + + <h2>CHAPTER III.</h2><br> + + <center> + A GLIMPSE OF THE KING + </center> + + <p>Yung Pak's earliest days were spent very much as are those of + most babies, whether they live in Korea or America. Eating and + sleeping were his chief occupations.</p> + + <p>When he grew old enough to run about, his father employed for + him a servant, Kim Yong, whose business it was to see that no + harm came to the child. For several years the two were constantly + together, even sleeping in the same room at night.</p> + + <p>Once when Yung Pak and his attendant were out for their daily + walk their attention was attracted by the sound of music in the + distance.</p> + + <p>"What is that music?" asked Yung Pak.</p> + + <p>"That is the king's band. It must be that there is going to be + a procession," was Kim Yong's reply.</p> + + <p>"Oh, I know what it is," said Yung Pak. "The king is going to + the new Temple of Ancestors. My father said the tablets on which + the king's forefathers' names are engraved are to be put in place + to-day."</p> + + <p>"Let us hurry so as to get into a place where we can have a + good view of the procession."</p> + + <p>"Yes, we will; for father told me that this is to be an extra + fine one, and he is to be in it himself. I want to see him when + he goes by."</p> + + <p>By this time Yung Pak and Kim Yong were running as fast as + their flowing garments and their dignity would allow them. And + everybody else, from the dirtiest street boy to the gravest old + man, was hurrying toward the palace gate through which the + procession was to come. Yung Pak and Kim Yong were fortunate + enough to get a position where they could see the palace gate, + and the procession would have to pass by them on its way to the + temple.</p> + + <p>Meanwhile the band inside the palace walls kept up its music, + and the people outside could also hear the shouts of officers + giving their orders to guards and soldiers.</p> + + <p>Soon there was an extra flourish of the music, and the gate, + toward which all eyes had been strained, was suddenly flung wide + open with a great clang.</p> + + <p>Hundreds of soldiers already lined the streets to keep the + crowd back out of the way of the procession.</p> + + <p>First through the gate came a company of Korean foot-soldiers, + in blue uniforms. Directly after them came a lot of palace + attendants in curious hats and long robes of all colours of the + rainbow. Some were dressed in blue, some in red, some in orange, + some in yellow, some in a mixture of colours. All carried staves + bound with streamers of ribbons.</p> + + <p>Following the attendants came a line of bannermen, with red + flags, on which were various inscriptions in blue; then came + drummers and pipe-players dressed in yellow costumes, their + instruments decked with ribbons.</p> + + <p>Yung Pak next saw more soldiers, dressed in the queerest of + ancient costumes; afterward came men with cymbals and bells, + cavalrymen on foot, and more palace attendants. Through the whole + line were seen many officials, gaudily adorned with plumes, gold + lace, gilt fringe, swords, and coloured decorations of all sorts. + Many of the officials had on high-crowned hats decorated with + bunches of feathers and crimson tassels. These were fastened by a + string of amber beads around the throat. Blue and orange and red + were the colours of their robes. Then followed more bannermen, + drummers, and servants carrying food, fire, and pipes.</p> + + <p>All the time there was a tremendous beating of drums and + blowing of horns and ringing of bells. The noise was so great + that Kim Yong hardly heard Yung Pak when he shouted:</p> + + <p>"Oh, I see papa!"</p> + + <p>"Where is he?"</p> + + <p>"Don't you see him right behind that little man in yellow who + is carrying a big blue flag?"</p> + + <p>"Oh, yes," said Kim Yong. "He has on a long green robe, and on + his turban are long orange plumes."</p> + + <p>"Yes; and on both sides of him, in green gauze coats, are his + servants. I wonder if he will notice us as he goes by."</p> + + <p>"Indeed he will not. At least, if he does see us, he will give + no sign, for this is too solemn and important an occasion for him + to relax his dignity."</p> + + <p>On state occasions Ki Pak could look as sedate and dignified + as the most serious official in all Korea; and that is saying a + good deal, for in no country do the officials appear more solemn + than in this "Land of the Morning Radiance."</p> + + <p>Now along came more soldiers, followed by the great nobles of + the kingdom, and finally, amid a most terrific beating of drums, + a fearful jangling of bells, and a horrid screaming of pipes, the + guard of the king himself appeared.</p> + + <p>Suddenly all was silent. Drum-beating, pipe-blowing, and + shouting all died away. The sound of hurried footsteps alone was + heard. All at once into sight came the imperial chair of state. + In this chair was the king, but not yet could Yung Pak get a + glimpse of his royal master. Yellow silken panels hid him from + the view of the curious crowd, and over the top was a canopy of + the same description, ornamented with heavy, rich tassels.</p> + + <p>This gorgeous chair was much heavier than those used by + officials and ordinary citizens, and it took thirty-two men to + carry it quickly and safely past the throng to the entrance of + the temple. Only a few minutes were necessary for this journey, + for the temple was but a short distance from the palace gate, and + both were in plain sight of Yung Pak and Kim Yong.</p> + + <p>It was only a fleeting glimpse of the king that they got, as + he passed from his chair to the temple gate; but this was enough + to repay Yung Pak for the rushing and the crowding and the + waiting that he had been obliged to endure. Rare indeed were + these glimpses of his Majesty, and they afforded interest and + excitement enough to last a long while.</p> + + <p>But the procession was not over yet. A chair covered with red + silk, borne on the shoulders of sixteen chair-men, passed up to + the temple.</p> + + <p>"Who is in that chair?" asked Yung Pak of his companion.</p> + + <p>"The crown prince," was Kim Yong's reply.</p> + + <p>"He attends his royal father in all these ceremonies of + state."</p> + + <p>Yung Pak drew a long breath, but said nothing. He only thought + what a fine thing it must be to be a king's son, and wear such + gorgeous clothes, and have so many servants at his call.</p> + + <p>And then he had a second thought. He would not want to + exchange his splendid father for all the glory and magnificence + of the king's court.</p> + + <p>After the king and the crown prince, with their attendant + officials and servants and priests, had gone into the temple, + Yung Pak and Kim Yong did not stay longer at their post. The + order of the procession had broken, and the king and his + immediate retinue would return privately to the palace after he + should pay homage and offer sacrifice to the spirits of his + ancestors.</p> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="CHAPTER_IV"></a> + + <h2>CHAPTER IV.</h2><br> + + <center> + YUNG PAK AT SCHOOL + </center> + + <p>Little Korean boys have to go to school, just as you do, + though they do not study in just the same way. You would be + surprised if you were to step into a Korean schoolroom. All the + boys sit upon the floor with their legs curled up beneath them. + Instead of the quiet, silent scholars, you would hear a loud and + deafening buzz. All the pupils study out loud. They not only do + their studying aloud, but they talk very loud, as if each one + were trying to make more noise than his neighbour.</p> + + <p>The Koreans call this noise <i>kang-siong</i>, and it seems + almost deafening to one unused to it. You would think the poor + teacher would be driven crazy, but he seems as calm as a daisy in + a June breeze.</p> + + <center> + <a name="ILL_II"></a> <img src="images/2.jpg" width="232" + height="348" alt=""ALL THE BOYS SIT UPON THE FLOOR"" + title=""> + </center> + + <h5>ALL THE BOYS SIT UPON THE FLOOR</h5> + + <p>The Korean boys have to have "tests" and examinations just as + you do. When a lad has a good lesson, the teacher makes a big red + mark on his paper, and he carries it home with the greatest + pride,—just as you do when you take home a school paper + marked "100."</p> + + <p>But Yung Pak was not allowed to share the pleasures and the + trials of the boys in the public school.</p> + + <p>One day, soon after he was six years old, his father sent for + him to come to his private room,—perhaps you would call it + a study or library. With Yung Pak's father was a strange + gentleman, a young man with a pleasant face and an air of good + breeding.</p> + + <p>"This," said Ki Pak to his son as he entered the room, "is + Wang Ken. I have engaged him to be your teacher, or tutor. The + time has come for you to begin to learn to read and to cipher and + to study the history and geography of our country."</p> + + <p>Yung Pak made a very low bow, for all Korean boys are early + taught to be courteous, especially to parents, teachers, and + officials.</p> + + <p>In this case he was very glad to show respect to his new + tutor, for he liked his appearance and felt sure that they would + get on famously together. More than that, though he liked to play + as well as any boy, he was not sorry that he was going to begin + to learn something. Even at his age he had ambitions, and + expected that sometime he would, like his father, serve the king + in some office.</p> + + <p>Wang Ken was equally well pleased with the looks of the bright + boy who was to be his pupil, and told Yung Pak's father that he + believed there need be no fear but what they would get on well + together, and that the boy would prove a bright scholar.</p> + + <p>To Wang Ken and his pupil were assigned a room near Ki Pak's + library, where Yung Pak would spend several hours each day trying + his best to learn the Korean A B C's.</p> + + <p>The first book he had to study was called "The Thousand + Character Classic." This was the first book that all Korean boys + had to study, and was said to have been written by a very wise + man hundreds of years ago. A strange thing about it was that it + was composed during one night, and so great was the wise man's + struggle that his hair and beard turned white during that night. + When Yung Pak was told this fact he was not a bit surprised. He + thought it was hard enough to have to learn what was in the book, + to say nothing of writing it in the beginning.</p> + + <p>At the same time that Yung Pak was learning to read, he was + also learning to write. But you would have been amused if you + could have seen his efforts. The strangest thing about it was + that he did not use a pen, but had a coarse brush on a long + handle. Into the ink he would dip this brush and then make broad + marks on sheets of coarse paper. You would not be able to + understand those marks at all. They looked like the daubs of a + sign-painter gone crazy.</p> + + <p>Later on, Yung Pak had to study the history and geography of + his country. Some of the names he had to learn would amuse you + very much. The name of the province of Haan-kiung, for instance, + meant Perfect Mirror, or Complete View Province. Kiung-sang was + the Korean name for Respectful Congratulation Province, and + Chung-chong meant Serene Loyalty Province. One part of Korea, + where the inhabitants were always peaceable and unwarlike, was + called Peace and Quiet Province, or, in the Korean language, + Ping-an.</p> + + <p>Under Wang Ken's instruction Yung Pak made rapid progress in + his studies, and when the boy's father questioned him from time + to time as to what he had learned, he was very much pleased, and + commended his son for his close attention to his studies.</p> + + <p>"Sometime," Ki Pak said to the boy, "if you continue to make + such good progress in your studies, you will be able to hold a + high position in the service of the king."</p> + + <p>In explanation of this remark, you should understand that no + young man was able to enter into the government service of Korea + until he could pass a very hard examination in many studies.</p> + + <p>Many things besides book-learning did Wang Ken teach his + pupil. In all the rules of Korean etiquette he was carefully and + persistently drilled.</p> + + <p>As you have already been told, Yung Pak had from his earliest + days been taught the deepest reverence and honour for his father. + This kind of instruction was continued from day to day. He was + told that a son must not play in his father's presence, nor + assume free or easy posture before him. He must often wait upon + his father at meal-times, and prepare his bed for him. If the + father is old or sickly, the son sleeps near him by night, and + does not leave his presence by day. If for any reason the father + is cast into prison, the son makes his home near by in order that + he may provide such comforts for his unfortunate parent as the + prison officials will allow.</p> + + <p>If, by chance, the father should be banished from the country + for his misdeeds, the son must accompany him at least to the + borders of his native land, and in some instances must go with + him into exile.</p> + + <p>When the son meets his father in the street, he must drop to + his knees and make a profound salute, no matter what the state of + the roadway. In all letters which the son writes to his father he + uses the most exalted titles and honourable phrases he can + imagine.</p> + + <center> + <a name="ILL_III"></a> <img src="images/3.jpg" width="231" + height="348" alt= + "HE MUST DROP TO HIS KNEES AND MAKE A PROFOUND SALUTE" title= + ""> + </center> + + <h5>HE MUST DROP TO HIS KNEES AND MAKE A PROFOUND SALUTE</h5> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="CHAPTER_V"></a> + + <h2>CHAPTER V.</h2><br> + + <center> + A LESSON IN HISTORY + </center> + + <p>As you already know, Yung Pak's father intended that his son, + when he grew up, should fill a position in the service of the + king. To fit him for this work, it was important that the boy + should learn all that he could of his country's history.</p> + + <p>On this account Yung Pak's tutor had orders to give to the lad + each day, during the hours devoted to study, some account of + events in the rise and progress of the Korean nation or of its + royal families.</p> + + <p>You must know that Korea is a very old country, its history + dating back hundreds of years before America was discovered by + Christopher Columbus.</p> + + <p>Now Wang Ken knew that dry history had very few attractions + for his young pupil, or any lively boy for that matter, so as far + as possible he avoided the repetition of dates and uninteresting + events, and often gave to Yung Pak much useful information in + story form.</p> + + <p>One day, when the time came for the usual history lesson, Wang + Ken said to Yung Pak:</p> + + <p>"I think that to-day I will tell you the story of King + Taijo."</p> + + <p>At this Yung Pak's eyes sparkled, and he was all attention in + a moment. He thought one of Wang Ken's stories was a great deal + better than puzzling over Korean letters or struggling with long + strings of figures. The tutor went on:</p> + + <p>"When Taijo was born, many, many years ago, our country was + not called Korea, but had been given the name of Cho-sen."</p> + + <p>Yung Pak had been told that Cho-sen meant Morning Calm, so he + asked Wang Ken how it came about that such a peaceful name had + been given to his country.</p> + + <p>"Why," said Wang Ken, "the name was given to our land years + and years ago by the leader of some Chinese settlers, whose name + was Ki Tsze. In his native land there had been much violence and + war, so with his friends and followers he moved to the eastward + and selected this country for his home. Here he hoped to be free + from the attacks of enemies and to be able to live a peaceful + life. For this reason he chose a name which well expressed its + outward position—toward the rising sun—and his own + inward feelings,—Cho-sen, or Morning Calm. This is still + the official name of our country.</p> + + <p>"But to come back to our story of Taijo. At the time of his + birth, the rulers of the country were very unpopular because of + their wickedness and oppression of the people. There was much + suffering on account of the misrule, and the people longed for a + deliverer who should restore prosperity to Cho-sen.</p> + + <p>"Such a deliverer appeared in the person of Taijo. It is said + that even as a boy he surpassed his fellows in goodness, + intelligence, and skill in all sorts of boyish games."</p> + + <p>Wang Ken improved this opportunity to tell Yung Pak how + important it was that all boys should follow such an example.</p> + + <p>But while Yung Pak listened with apparent patience, he could + hardly conceal his inward desire that the tutor would go on with + his story. Like most boys, of all races, he felt that he could + get along without the moralizing.</p> + + <p>"Hunting with the falcon was one of Taijo's favourite sports. + One day, while in the woods, his bird flew so far ahead that its + young master lost sight of it. Hurrying on to find it, Taijo + discovered a hut beside the path, into which he saw the falcon + fly.</p> + + <p>"Entering the hut, the youth found a white-bearded hermit + priest, who lived here alone and unknown to the outside world. + For a moment Taijo was speechless with surprise in the presence + of the wise old hermit.</p> + + <p>"Seeing his embarrassment, the old man spoke to him in these + words:</p> + + <p>"'What benefit is it for a youth of your abilities to be + seeking a stray falcon? A throne is a richer prize. Betake + yourself at once to the capital.'</p> + + <p>"Now Taijo knew how to take a hint as well as any boy, so he + immediately left the hut of the hermit, forsaking his falcon, and + went to Sunto, then the capital of the kingdom.</p> + + <p>"As I have already told you, Taijo was a wise youth. He did + not rush headlong into the accomplishment of the purpose hinted + at by the hermit. Had he done so, and at that time attempted to + dethrone the king, he would certainly have been overpowered and + slain.</p> + + <p>"He took a more deliberate and sensible way. First he enlisted + in the army of the king. As he was a young man of courage and + strength, he was not long in securing advancement. He rapidly + rose through the various grades, until he finally held the chief + command of the army as lieutenant-general.</p> + + <p>"Of course Taijo did not reach this high station in a month, + nor in a year, but many years went by before he attained such an + exalted place. Meanwhile he married and had children. Several of + these children were daughters."</p> + + <p>Wang Ken did not say right here, what he might have said with + truth,—that in Korean families girls are considered of very + little consequence. But in this case Taijo's daughter proved to + be of much help in making her father the king of Cho-sen.</p> + + <p>"One of these daughters was married to the reigning king. Thus + Taijo became father-in-law to his sovereign. You can easily see + that in this relationship he must have had a large influence both + over the king and over the people.</p> + + <p>"Being a brave man and courageous fighter, Taijo was idolized + by his soldiers. He was also very popular with all the people + because he was always strictly honest and just in all his + dealings with them.</p> + + <p>"Taijo proved his bravery and his reliance on the soldiers and + on the people by attempting to bring about a change in the + conduct of the king, who abused his power and treated his + subjects without mercy.</p> + + <p>"The king, however, refused to listen to the advice of his + father-in-law, and, as a consequence, the hatred of the people + for him grew in volume and force every day.</p> + + <p>"Meanwhile, the king was having other troubles. In former + years, Korea had paid an annual tribute or tax to China, but for + some time it had been held back by this king. Consequently the + Chinese (or Ming) emperor sent a large army to enforce his demand + for the amount of money due him.</p> + + <p>"The Korean ruler neglected the matter and finally refused to + pay. He then ordered that more soldiers be added to his army, + that the Chinese forces might be resisted; but with all his + efforts the enemy's army was much the larger. Nevertheless, he + ordered Taijo, at the head of his forces, to attack the Chinese. + Upon this, Taijo thus addressed his soldiers:</p> + + <p>"'Although the order from the king must be obeyed, yet the + attack upon the Ming soldiers, with so small an army as ours, is + like casting an egg against a rock, and no one of us will return + alive. I do not tell you this from any fear of death, but our + king is too haughty. He does not heed our advice. He has ordered + out the army suddenly without cause, paying no attention to the + suffering which wives and children of the soldiers must undergo. + This is a thing I cannot bear. Let us go back to the capital, and + the responsibility shall fall on my shoulders alone.'</p> + + <p>"The soldiers were quite willing to take the advice of their + courageous leader, and resolved to obey his orders rather than + the king's. They went to the capital, forcibly removed the king + from his throne, and banished him to the island of Kang-wa.</p> + + <p>"Not yet, however, was Taijo made king. The deposed ruler + plotted and planned all kinds of schemes whereby he might be + restored to his old position of authority. Taijo heard of some of + his plots, and finally did that which would for ever extinguish + the authority of the old king or any of his family. He removed + from the temple the tablets on which were inscribed the names of + the king's ancestors. More than this, he ordered that no more + sacrifices be offered to them.</p> + + <p>"The king could have suffered no greater insult than this, + for, like all Koreans, he held as sacred the memory of his + ancestors, and even to speak ill of one of them was an + unpardonable crime. But this time he was powerless to resent the + indignity or to punish the offender, and consequently he lost + what little influence he had been able to retain.</p> + + <p>"Taijo was now formally proclaimed king. He was able to make + peace with the Chinese emperor, and under his rule the Koreans + enjoyed freedom from war and oppression. His descendants still + sit upon the throne of Korea."</p> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="CHAPTER_VI"></a> + + <h2>CHAPTER VI.</h2><br> + + <center> + THE MONK'S STORY + </center> + + <p>One evening, after Yung Pak had finished his supper, he sat + talking with his father and Wang Ken.</p> + + <p>The early evening hour was often spent in this way. It was a + time of day when Ki Pak was generally free from any official + duty, and he was glad to devote a little time to his son. He + would inquire about the boy's studies as well as about his + sports, and Yung Pak would regale his father with many an amusing + incident or tell him something he had learned during study hours. + Sometimes he would tell of the sights he had seen on the streets + of Seoul, while on other occasions he would give account of games + with his playmates or of his success in shooting with a bow and + arrow.</p> + + <p>This latter sport was very common with the men and boys of + Korea. It was approved by the king for the national defence in + time of war, and often rewards were offered by rich men for + winners in contests. Most Korean gentlemen had private archery + grounds and targets in the gardens near their houses.</p> + + <p>Ki Pak had an arrow-walk and target in his garden, and here it + was that Yung Pak used to practise almost daily. He often, too, + invited other boys to enjoy the sport with him.</p> + + <p>At regular times every year public contests in arrow-shooting + were held, and costly prizes were offered to the winners by the + king. The prizes were highly valued by those who secured them, + and Yung Pak looked forward with eager anticipation to the day + when he should be old enough and skilful enough to take part in + these contests.</p> + + <p>While Yung Pak was listening to the conversation between his + father and tutor on this evening, a knock was heard.</p> + + <p>On opening the door there was seen standing at the entrance a + man rather poorly clad in the white garments worn by nearly all + the people of Korea. But upon his head, instead of the ordinary + cone-shaped hat worn by the men of the country, was a very + peculiar structure. It was made of straw and was about four feet + in circumference. Its rim nearly concealed the man's face, which + was further hidden by a piece of coarse white linen cloth + stretched upon two sticks and made fast just below the eyes.</p> + + <p>This method of concealing the face, together with the wearing + of the immense hat, was a symbol of mourning. Such a sight was + not uncommon in the streets of Seoul, and Yung Pak knew well its + meaning.</p> + + <p>With great courtesy and hospitality Ki Pak invited the + stranger within the house.</p> + + <p>"I thank you for your kindness," said the visitor. "I am a + stranger in your city, a monk from a monastery in Kong-chiu. Your + peculiar law not allowing men upon the street after nightfall + compels me to seek shelter."</p> + + <p>"To that you are entirely welcome, my friend," said Ki Pak, + whose hospitable nature would have granted the monk's request, + even if sympathy for sorrow and reverence for religion had not + also been motives for his action.</p> + + <p>"Let me get the man something to eat," said Yung Pak as the + monk seated himself upon a mat.</p> + + <p>"Certainly, my son; it is always proper to offer food to a + guest who takes refuge under our roof."</p> + + <p>Quickly the boy sought his mother in the women's apartments, + and very soon returned with a steaming bowl of rice, which he + placed before the visitor.</p> + + <p>This gift of rice was especially pleasing to the traveller, as + no dish is held in higher honour in Korea. It is the chief + cereal, and the inhabitants say it originated in Ha-ram, China, + nearly five thousand years ago. Yung Pak called it Syang-nong-si, + which means Marvellous Agriculture. He had learned from Wang Ken + that it was first brought to Korea in 1122 B.C.</p> + + <p>To the monk the warm food was very refreshing, and after he + had eaten a generous amount he entered into conversation with his + hosts.</p> + + <p>He told of the monastery where he made his home, and his + account of the various religious ceremonies and their origin was + very interesting to Yung Pak, who found that the visitor not only + knew a great deal of the history of the country, but was also + familiar with its fables and legends.</p> + + <p>Like many who live in retirement and dwell in a world apart + from their fellows, this monk thought the people of former times + were superior to the men of his own day. Especially did he praise + the kings of years long gone by.</p> + + <p>"Do you think," said Yung Pak, "that the old kings were any + better than our own gracious ruler?"</p> + + <p>Yung Pak was very jealous of the honour of his king.</p> + + <p>"Why, yes," replied the monk. "And to prove my statement let + me tell you a story:</p> + + <p>"Many years ago there was in Cho-sen a king named Cheng-chong. + He was celebrated throughout his kingdom for his goodness. It was + a habit with him to disguise himself in ordinary clothing and + then to go out and mingle with the common people. In this way he + was often able to discover opportunities for doing much good to + his subjects.</p> + + <p>"One night Cheng-chong disguised himself as a countryman, and, + taking a single friend along, started out to make a tour of + inspection among his people, that he might learn the details of + their lives.</p> + + <p>"Coming to a dilapidated-looking house, he suspected that + within there might be miserable people to whom he could render + assistance. Desiring to see the inside of the house, he punched a + peep-hole in the paper door. Looking through this hole, the king + perceived an old man weeping, a man in mourning garb singing, and + a nun or widow dancing.</p> + + <p>"Cheng-chong was unable to imagine the cause of these strange + proceedings, so he asked his companion to call the master of the + house.</p> + + <p>"In answer to the summons, the man in mourning made his + appearance. The king, with low and respectful salutation, + said:</p> + + <p>"'We have never before met.'</p> + + <p>"'True,' was the reply, 'but whence are you? How is it that + you should come to find me at midnight? To what family do you + belong?'</p> + + <p>"Cheng-chong answered: 'I am Mr. Ni, living at Tong-ku-an. As + I was passing before your house I was attracted by strange + sounds. Then through a hole in the door I saw an old man crying, + a dancing nun, and a man in mourning singing. Why did the nun + dance, the bereaved man sing, and the old man weep? I have called + you out on purpose to learn the reason of these things.'</p> + + <p>"'For what reason do you pry into other people's business?' + was the question in reply. 'This is little concern to you. It is + past midnight now, and you had better get home as soon as you + can.'</p> + + <p>"'No, indeed. I admit that it seems wrong for me to be so + curious in regard to your affairs, but this case is so very + extraordinary that I hope you will not refuse to tell me about + it. You may be sure that I shall not betray your confidence.'</p> + + <p>"'Alas! why such persistence in trying to learn about other + people's business?'</p> + + <p>"'It is very important,' replied the king, 'that I should + obtain the information I have asked of you. Further than that I + cannot explain at present.'"</p> + + <p>Yung Pak wanted to interrupt the storyteller here and say that + he did not blame the man for objecting to telling his private + business, but he had early been taught that it was highly + improper for a Korean boy to break into the conversation of his + elders.</p> + + <p>The monk continued:</p> + + <p>"'As you are so urgent in your desire to know the cause of the + strange proceedings you have witnessed, I will try to tell you. + Poverty has always been a burden upon my family. In my house + there has never been sufficient food for a solid meal, and I have + not land enough even for an insect to rest upon. I cannot even + provide food for my poor old father. This is the reason why my + wife, from time to time, has cut off a portion of her hair and + sold it for an amount sufficient to buy a bowl of bean soup, + which she has generously given to my father. This evening she cut + off and sold the last tress of her hair, and thus she is now bald + as a nun.'"</p> + + <p>Yung Pak already knew that Korean women who devote their lives + to religious service kept their hair closely clipped, so the monk + did not need to explain his reference to a bald-headed nun.</p> + + <p>"'On this account," said the man to Cheng-chong, 'my father + broke out into mourning in these words:</p> + + <p>"'"Why have I lived to this age? Why did I not die years ago? + Why has this degradation come to my daughter-in-law?" Tears + accompanied his words. My wife and I tried to console him, and, + besides urging him not to weep, she danced for his amusement. I + also danced and sang, and thus we diverted the old man's thoughts + and caused him to smile. That is the true reason of our queer + behaviour. I trust you will not think it strange, and will now go + away and leave us to our sorrow.'</p> + + <p>"The king was very much impressed by the man's story, + particularly with the evidence of such great devotion to his + father, even in the time of poverty and misfortune. So he said: + 'This is really the most extraordinary instance of filial love + that I ever saw. I think you should present yourself at the + examination to-morrow.'</p> + + <p>"'What examination?'</p> + + <p>"'Why, there is to be an examination before the king of + candidates for official position. You know that all officials + have to pass an examination before they can receive an + appointment. Be sure to be there, and you may be fortunate enough + to secure a position which will remove all fear of poverty from + your household.'</p> + + <p>"Having thus spoken, Cheng-chong bade the man good night and + went at once to his palace.</p> + + <p>"Very early in the morning he caused proclamation to be made + that an examination would be held that day, at a certain hour. + Notwithstanding the brief time for preparation, when the hour + arrived a large number of men presented themselves at the king's + palace as candidates.</p> + + <p>"In the crowd was the poor man whom the king, in his disguise, + had talked with the night before. Though he understood little of + the matter, he felt that his visitor of the previous night must + have known perfectly about it.</p> + + <p>"When all had assembled, the following was announced as the + subject of the examination: 'The song of a man in mourning, the + dance of a nun, the tears of an old man.'</p> + + <p>"With the exception of the poor man, not a single one of the + candidates was able to make a bit of sense out of the subject. He + alone knew it perfectly well, because of his own personal sad + experience. Consequently he was able to turn in a clear essay + upon the subject, which, upon examination, the king found to be + free from error.</p> + + <p>"Cheng-chong then bestowed the degree of doctor upon the man, + and ordered that he be brought into his presence.</p> + + <p>"Upon the man's appearance, the king asked: 'Do you know who I + am? It is I who last night advised you to be present at this + examination. Raise your head and look at me.'</p> + + <p>"With fixed gaze the man looked at the king, and recognized + his benefactor. He at once bowed himself to the ground in + gratitude, and in words of the most humble sort returned his + thanks.</p> + + <p>"'Go at once,' said Cheng-chong, 'and return to your wife and + old father. Make them happy with the good news you have for + them.'</p> + + <p>"This story of royal generosity has been handed down from + generation to generation, and I give it to you," concluded the + monk, "as an example of the goodness of our ancient kings and the + rich inheritance we have from them. True devotion to parents has + never been unrewarded in Korea."</p> + + <p>His story concluded, the monk expressed a desire to retire for + the night. At Ki Pak's command a servant led him to a + sleeping-room. Yung Pak and the other members of the family also + retired, and were soon buried in peaceful slumber.</p> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="CHAPTER_VII"></a> + + <h2>CHAPTER VII.</h2><br> + + <center> + A JOURNEY + </center> + + <p>It sometimes happened that Ki Pak, in performing his official + duties, was obliged to make long journeys to various parts of + Korea. One of Yung Pak's greatest pleasures was to listen to the + stories which his father used to tell him about these + journeys.</p> + + <p>When Ki Pak made one of these trips through the country he + could not ride on the cars as you do, for there were no railways, + with puffing engines and comfortable coaches; neither could he + take a carriage drawn by swift and strong horses, for they too + were unknown by the Koreans. Even if he had possessed horses and + carriage, there were few roads over which they could have been + driven. Most of the highways were simply rough paths, over which + men usually travelled on foot or on the backs of ponies up and + down the hills of the country. It was generally necessary to + cross rivers by fording, though, where the water was too deep for + this, rude and clumsy ferry-boats were provided. Occasionally, + over a narrow stream, a frail footbridge would be built.</p> + + <p>You can easily imagine Yung Pak's joy and surprise one day + when his father told him that he proposed to take his little son + on his next journey.</p> + + <p>Ki Pak had been ordered by the king to go to Chang-an-sa, a + city among the Diamond Mountains, near the eastern coast of + Korea, and about eighty miles from Seoul. In this place was a + famous monastery, or temple, which would be an object of much + interest and wonder to Yung Pak.</p> + + <p>It was decided, also, that Wang Ken should be one of the + party. He would be able to explain to Yung Pak many things they + might see on the way.</p> + + <p>There was much to do to get ready for the journey. It would + take four days to cover the distance, and, as hotels were unknown + along the route, it was necessary to take along a good supply of + provisions, bedding, cooking utensils, and all sorts of things + they might need while absent from home.</p> + + <p>In addition to getting together all this material, ponies and + drivers had to be engaged. Sometimes, when Ki Pak went on short + journeys, he was carried in a chair by strong men, who by much + practice had become able to endure the fatigue of travel, and of + bearing heavy burdens. This chair was very different from the + kind you have in your houses. Even a comfortable rocker would not + be very nice in which to take a long journey.</p> + + <p>The Korean traveller's chair consists of a boxlike frame, of + such height that one may sit within in Turkish fashion upon the + floor. The roof is of bamboo, covered with painted and oiled + paper. The sides also are covered with oiled paper or muslin. In + some cases a small stained glass window is set in the side or + front, but only rich men can afford this luxury. The curtain in + front can be raised or lowered. This serves the double purpose of + shutting out the glances of the curious and keeping out the cold + air. When the owner can afford it, an ample supply of cushions + and shawls makes the clumsy vehicle more comfortable for its + occupant.</p> + + <p>The chair rests upon two long poles, which hang by straps upon + the shoulders of four stout men. Under ordinary circumstances + these men can travel with their burden from twenty to thirty + miles a day.</p> + + <p>Sometimes, also, when Yung Pak's father went about the streets + of Seoul, he rode in a chair very similar to the one just + described. The only difference was that it rested on a framework + attached to a single wheel directly underneath. This cross + between a wheelbarrow and a sedan-chair was supported and + trundled along the street by four bearers.</p> + + <p>On this journey, however, Yung Pak and his companions were to + ride on ponies.</p> + + <p>The Korean ponies are small, fine-coated animals, little + larger than Shetland ponies. They are very tough and strong, and + can endure long marches with little food. They are sometimes + obstinate and are desperate fighters, squealing and neighing on + all occasions. They often attack other ponies, and never become + friendly with each other on a journey. In their attacks upon one + another loads are forgotten and often seriously damaged. + Notwithstanding, they bear with much patience a great deal of + abuse from unkind masters. Because of much beating and + overloading, they are generally a sorry-looking lot of + animals.</p> + + <p>Ki Pak had to engage ponies for himself, Yung Pak, and Wang + Ken. He was also obliged to employ a cook for the journey, who + had to have a pony to carry along the kettles and pans and other + utensils. It was also necessary to hire body-servants and several + ponies to carry luggage, and as each pony must have a + <i>mapu</i>, or groom, it made quite a procession when the party + started out of Seoul on the journey to the northeast.</p> + + <p>It was a fine day when the start was made. It was not early in + the morning, for, if there is anything a Korean hates to do, it + is to make an early start on a journey. If you had been in Yung + Pak's place, you would have gone crazy with impatience. The + servants were late in bringing around the ponies, and the process + of loading them was a very slow one.</p> + + <p>But Yung Pak had long before learned to be patient under such + circumstances. In fact, he seemed to care little whether the + start were made in the morning or at noon. He calmly watched the + servants at their work, and, when at last all was declared ready, + he gravely mounted his pony and fell into the procession behind + his father, with Wang Ken immediately following.</p> + + <p>A most comical sight was the cook, perched on top of his load + of pans, pots, and potatoes. As his pony trotted along with the + others, it looked as if the cook was in constant danger of a fall + from his lofty seat, but he sat as calm and unconcerned as one + could imagine.</p> + + <p>You would laugh if you should see the strings of eggs hanging + across this pony's back—yes, eggs. They were packed in + bands of wheat straw, and between each pair of eggs a straw was + twisted. Thus a straw rope enclosing twenty or more eggs, well + protected, was made and thrown over the top of the load.</p> + + <p>Other riders had more comfortable seats, for most of the + ponies carried baggage in two wicker baskets,—one strapped + upon each side,—and on top of these was piled bedding and + wadded clothing, which made a soft seat for the rider.</p> + + <p>The <i>mapus</i> who accompanied the procession were dressed + in short cotton jackets, loose trousers, with sandals and cotton + wrappings upon the feet. They had to step lively to keep up with + the ponies.</p> + + <p>All the people in this company carried with them long garments + made of oiled paper. You have already learned that the Korean + paper is very tough, and when soaked with oil it forms a splendid + protection against the rain. Many of these garments had a very + peculiar appearance, because they were made of paper on which had + been set copies for schoolboys to use in learning to write.</p> + + <p>As Yung Pak and his companions passed along the dirty streets + of Seoul toward a gate in the great wall, a curious crowd was + attracted by the unusual sight. This mob of men and boys were + good-natured, but very curious, and it gathered so close as to + impede the progress of the ponies. Moreover, a watchful eye had + to be kept on all the luggage, lest some over-covetous person + might steal the provisions and supplies on the ponies' backs.</p> + + <p>Notwithstanding the slow progress made by Ki Pak's company, it + took only a short time to pass through the narrow streets and out + by the great gate, leaving behind the noisy mob of men and boys + who had followed them to the city's wall.</p> + + <p>Once outside, upon the road which wound around and over the + high hills that surround the city, the pure country air seemed + very sweet and refreshing to Yung Pak, who knew nothing of life + outside Seoul. This was his first journey into the country, and + the many strange sights drew exclamations of surprise and wonder + from him. The green waving grass and swaying foliage of the trees + were ever new sources of joy and pleasure, and the delicate + odours which the breezes bore to his sensitive nostrils were + refreshing and life-giving.</p> + + <p>Among the strange sights which attracted Yung Pak's attention, + as they rode along through the country, were some very curious + figures erected by the roadside. These were posts, one side of + which was roughly planed. On the upper part of each of these + posts was a rude carving of a hideous human face with prominent + teeth. The cheeks and teeth were slightly coloured. A most + fiendish appearance was presented by these figures, called by the + Koreans <i>syou-sal-mak-i</i>, and if looks counted for anything, + they ought well to serve their purpose,—the scaring away of + evil spirits from the village near which the figures always + stood. The mile-posts, or <i>fjang-seung</i>, along the way were + often similarly decorated.</p> + + <center> + <a name="ILL_IV"></a> <img src="images/4.jpg" width="232" + height="347" alt= + ""ON THE UPPER PART OF EACH OF THESE POSTS WAS A RUDE CARVING"" + title=""> + </center> + + <h5>ON THE UPPER PART OF EACH OF THESE POSTS WAS A RUDE + CARVING</h5> + + <p>Another curiosity by the wayside which led to wonder on Yung + Pak's part was an old trunk of a tall tree. For about thirty feet + from the ground this was painted in coloured stripes very much + like a barber's pole. The top and branches of the tree had been + trimmed off, and the upper end was rudely carved in a shape + representing a dragon with a forked tail. From the head, which + resembled that of an alligator, hung various cords, to which were + attached small brass bells and a wooden fish. Wang Ken told Yung + Pak that this was a monument to some famous Korean "doctor of + literature."</p> + + <p>On the first day's journey toward Chang-an-sa the party made + good progress. The plan was to get to Yong-pyöng, about + twenty miles from Seoul, before nightfall. To you this would seem + a short day's journey, but when it is remembered that many of the + servants were on foot, and that the little ponies were heavily + loaded, it does not seem so strange that more ground could not be + covered in one day. In addition, in many places the roads were + poor, though in the valleys there was a smooth bottom where the + sand had washed down from the hills.</p> + + <p>On some of these hillsides little villages were perched. Yung + Pak noticed that on the upper side of each of these hill-towns + was a moon-shaped wall.</p> + + <p>"What is that wall for?" he asked Wang Ken as they passed + one.</p> + + <p>"That protects the village in time of rainstorms," replied the + tutor. "The soil here is of such a nature that it easily washes + away, and if the town were unprotected the earth would soon be + swept from beneath the houses. If you will look sharply, you will + see outside the wall a deep trench which carries off the rushing + water."</p> + + <p>As they were slowly riding along a road which wound around and + over a high hill Yung Pak still kept his eyes wide open for + strange sights. Suddenly he lifted his arm, and, pointing toward + a tree upon a little hill at one side of the road, he said to + Wang Ken:</p> + + <p>"Oh, what a queer-looking tree that is! And are not those + strange leaves on it? What kind of a tree is it, anyway?"</p> + + <p>"Ha, ha!" laughed Wang Ken, "I don't wonder that you call that + a strange-looking tree. Let's take a walk up to it and get a + closer view."</p> + + <p>So the ponies were halted, and down sprang Yung Pak and Wang + Ken. Leaving the ponies in charge of the <i>mapus</i>, they + marched up the hill to get a nearer sight of the tree.</p> + + <p>"Why," said the boy, as they approached it, "those are not + leaves that we saw from the road, but they are rags and strips of + cloth. It looks as if some one had hung out their clothes to dry + and forgotten to take them in again. What does it all mean?"</p> + + <p>"That tree, my boy," Wang Ken replied, "is called the sacred + devil-tree. That is a queer combination of names, but you know + there are a lot of ignorant people in our country who are very + superstitious. They believe in all sorts of evil and good + spirits. They think these spirits watch every act of their lives. + Consequently they do all they can to please the good spirits and + to drive away the evil ones. This tree they believe has power to + keep off the bad spirits, so every man who thinks that a demon + has possession of him tears a piece of cloth from his garment and + carefully ties it to a branch. That is how all these strips you + see come to be hanging above you. Some have hung there so long + that the wind and rain have torn them to rags."</p> + + <p>"Yes, but why is this done?" asked Yung Pak.</p> + + <p>"Because," was the reply, "a man who is possessed by an evil + spirit thinks that by thus tying a part of his clothing to the + tree he may induce the spirit to attach himself to it instead of + to his own person."</p> + + <p>Yung Pak's curiosity satisfied, they returned to the road, + mounted their ponies, and quickly caught up with the rest of the + party.</p> + + <p>No further incidents of special importance marked this first + day's journey, and shortly before nightfall they arrived at the + town of Yong-pyöng. They found the village inn to be a + series of low, small buildings built on three sides of a + courtyard. Into low sheds in this yard the ponies were crowded + and the luggage removed from their backs. Ki Pak's servants + proceeded to build a fire in the centre of the yard and the cook + made preparations for getting supper. Travellers had to provide a + large part of their own meals, for, as already stated, these + village inns were not hotels in the real sense of the word. They + were simply rude lodging-places where travellers might be + protected from the night air and have a chance to sleep while + passing through the country.</p> + + <p>Into the main waiting-room of the inn Yung Pak, with his + father and tutor, entered. At the door they removed their shoes + and left them outside. In the room were several other travellers + seated upon the floor, which was covered with oiled paper and + grass mats. There was absolutely no furniture. The walls were + covered with clean white paper. Each man in the room was smoking + a pipe, which consisted of a brass bowl and a reed stem over + three feet long. All wore long white robes, though one of the + occupants had hung his hat upon the wall.</p> + + <p>Into this room after a time the cook brought supper for his + masters. Other servants brought in boxes which were used as + tables, and though the style was not just what Yung Pak was used + to, he managed to eat a hearty meal. The day in the open air had + given him a hunger and a zest he rarely knew.</p> + + <p>After supper, for a short time Yung Pak and Wang Ken talked + over with Ki Pak the events of the day. A servant soon announced + that their sleeping-rooms were ready, and they gladly at once + sought their beds. To get to their rooms they again stepped out + into the courtyard. They found that each bedroom was one of the + little buildings facing the yard. Yung Pak and Wang Ken occupied + one room, while Ki Pak had a room by himself. Through a narrow + door about three feet high the lad and his tutor entered their + room. The door was simply a lattice shutter covered with paper. + The room was very small,—barely space for the two + mattresses which had been put there by the servants, and the + ceiling was so low that even the short Koreans could hardly stand + upright. Yet here our two friends managed to make themselves very + comfortable for the night.</p> + + <p>Outside in the courtyard the fire was kept burning, beside + which two watchmen sat all night smoking and telling stories. It + was necessary to maintain a watch till morning because the + country districts of Korea are infested with wild animals, + particularly tigers, and the bright blaze of the fire served to + keep them at a distance. Otherwise the thin-walled houses would + have been slight protection for the sleeping travellers.</p> + + <p>As it was, Yung Pak slept soundly the whole night, and did not + awake until after daylight, when servants brought to his door a + wooden bowl and a brass vessel full of water for his morning + bath. Quickly he sprang up, and with his companions made ready + for the day's journey, for they were all anxious to be on their + way.</p> + + <center> + <a name="ILL_V"></a> <img src="images/5.jpg" width="229" + height="347" alt= + ""THE DAY WAS PASSED IN MUCH THE SAME MANNER AS THE PRECEDING ONE"" + title=""> + </center> + + <h5>THE DAY WAS PASSED IN MUCH THE SAME MANNER AS THE PRECEDING + ONE</h5> + + <p>Breakfast was served in much the same manner as the supper of + the previous evening had been. Of this meal all heartily partook, + for a Korean is never guilty of having a poor appetite.</p> + + <p>As usual, it took a long time to get the ponies properly + loaded and ready to start, and the forenoon was about half-gone + when the procession finally left the courtyard of the inn.</p> + + <p>A twenty-mile march would bring the party to Rang-chyön, + where it was proposed to spend the second night of the + journey.</p> + + <p>The day was passed in much the same manner as the preceding + one, though of course new scenes proved ever interesting to Yung + Pak. During this day the party had to cross a river which was too + deep to ford, and over which there was no sort of bridge. For the + assistance of travellers a ferry-boat had been provided. This + boat was a broad, flat-bottomed, clumsy affair. It could carry + but three ponies at a time, with several men. The men in charge + of the boat were slow and obstinate, and consequently it took a + long time for all to get across the river.</p> + + <p>It was right here that an unfortunate, yet laughable, accident + occurred.</p> + + <p>As on the preceding day, the cook rode perched upon his pony's + load of kettles, pans, and pots. When riding along a good road + his position was precarious enough, requiring all his best + efforts to maintain his balance.</p> + + <p>When his turn came to go upon the ferry-boat, Ki Pak advised + him to dismount and lead his pony across the plank which covered + the watery space between the bank of the river and the boat. But + the cook was an obstinate Korean, as well as a trifle lazy, and + refused to get down, thinking he could safely drive his beast + across the gang-plank. Ordinarily this would have been possible, + but on this particular occasion, just as the pony stepped upon + the plank, the boat gave a lurch, the plank slipped, and + overboard went pony, cook, and all. For a few moments there was + enough bustle and excitement to suit any one. Fortunately, the + water was not deep, and quickly the drenched animal and man were + pulled from the water. The only permanent harm was to some of the + provisions that were a part of the pony's load. The cook was a + wiser as well as a wet man, and made up his mind that the next + time he would heed the advice to dismount when boarding a + ferry-boat.</p> + + <p>The day's journey was completed without further special + incident, and at night they rested in the inn at Rang-chyön + under conditions much the same as at Yong-pyöng.</p> + + <p>The third day's journey brought the company to Kewen-syong. On + the way thither Yung Pak was much interested in the sights of the + country, which grew wilder and more strange the farther they got + from Seoul. On this day numerous highwaymen were met, but they + dared not molest the travellers on account of the large number in + the party.</p> + + <p>The cabins along the country roads were a continual source of + curiosity to Yung Pak. They were built of mud, without windows, + and no door except a screen of cords. In nearly every doorway + would be sitting a man, smoking a long-stemmed pipe, who looked + with wide-open eyes at the unusual procession passing his + house.</p> + + <p>Of course all the men who lived in these country cabins were + farmers, and Yung Pak liked to watch them as they worked in their + fields, for to the city-bred boy this is always an entrancing + sight. What seemed most curious to him was the fact that women + were also at work in the fields. At his home the women of the + family nearly always stayed in their own apartments, and when + they did go out always went heavily veiled. These country women + not only assisted in the farm work, but they had to do all the + spinning and weaving for the family, in addition to usual + household cares.</p> + + <p>Wang Ken was able to tell Yung Pak much about country life, + for, like most of the school-masters of Korea, he was himself a + farmer's son. He told how the Korean farmer lived a simple, + patient life, while at the same time he was ignorant and + superstitious. He believed in demons, spirits, and dragons, and + in nearly every house were idols in honour of the imaginary + deities.</p> + + <p>Pigs and bulls are the chief animals on Korean farms. The + latter are used as beasts of burden, though occasionally a more + prosperous man may own a pony or a donkey. The farming tools are + extremely rude and simple, thus necessitating the labour of + several men or women where one man could do the work with good + tools.</p> + + <p>While travelling along Yung Pak met several hunters. They were + not an uncommon sight on the streets of Seoul. When in the city + they wore a rough felt conical hat and dark blue cotton robe. The + garments were ugly in appearance and inconvenient. When the + hunters were after game the robe was discarded, and its place + taken by a short wadded jacket, its sleeves bound around the arms + over wadded cuffs which reached from wrist to elbow. In a similar + way the trousers were bound to the calf of the hunter's leg, and + light straw sandals over a long piece of cotton cloth were + strapped to the feet and ankles. A huge string game-bag was slung + over his back, and in an antelope's horn or a crane's bill + bullets were carried. Powder was kept dry in a tortoise-shaped + case of leather or oiled paper.</p> + + <p>Yung Pak's father would have been glad to have taken time for + seeking game with some of these hunters, but the business of his + trip prevented any unnecessary delay on the journey.</p> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="CHAPTER_VIII"></a> + + <h2>CHAPTER VIII.</h2><br> + + <center> + THE MONASTERY AT CHANG-AN-SA + </center> + + <p>In the latter part of the afternoon of the fourth day, our + travellers, weary and worn with the long journey, came in sight + of Chang-an-sa, the Temple of Eternal Rest, one of the oldest + monasteries of Korea, where hundreds of monks devoted their lives + to the service of Buddha.</p> + + <p>The temple buildings, with deep curved roofs, are in a + glorious situation on a small level lot of grassy land crowded + between the high walls of a rocky ravine.</p> + + <p>Yung Pak was delighted at his first sight of the great temple + and the surrounding buildings. Through the swaying branches of + the forest-trees he caught brief glimpses of the granite walls + and turrets reddening in the sunset glow. The deepening gloom of + the gorge was lighted by the slant beams of the setting sun, and + on the water in the stream below flecks of foam sparkled and + danced in the light of the dying day.</p> + + <p>At first conversation was out of the question in the presence + of such a majestic display of nature's wonders combined with the + handiwork of man.</p> + + <p>Coming to a gate of red stone, Yung Pak asked the meaning of + the carved arrow in the arch overhead.</p> + + <p>"That arrow," replied his father, "signifies that the temples + to which this gate is the outer entrance are under the patronage + of the king. Wherever you see that sign, you may know that the + king has a special interest, and his messengers will be treated + with respect and hospitality. Consequently we may expect to be + well cared for during our visit to this place."</p> + + <p>Passing through the gate, our friends found themselves at once + in the midst of the Chang-an-sa monastery buildings. In addition + to the great chief temple, there were many smaller places of + worship, with bell and tablet houses. There were also cells and + sleeping-rooms for the monks, servants' quarters, stables, a huge + kitchen, and an immense dining-room, together with a large + guest-hall and a nunnery. In addition there were several + buildings devoted to the care of the aged, the infirm, and the + sick. All these places, during his stay, Yung Pak visited in + company with Wang Ken and guided by one of the monks.</p> + + <p>Besides the buildings already mentioned there were several + houses that had been erected by the king on purpose for the use + of his officials, and it was to one of these that Ki Pak and his + son and Wang Ken were led by several of the priests of the + monastery. In the meantime, the servants and the ponies were + cared for in other places assigned for the purpose.</p> + + <p>Yung Pak was not sorry to arrive at his journey's end, even + though he had enjoyed himself every moment of the time since he + left Seoul. A four days' ride on the back of a pony will make the + most enthusiastic traveller tired, and Yung Pak was glad to get + to bed in the comfortable room provided just as soon as he had + eaten his supper. His night's sleep was a sound one, though at + midnight, and again at four o'clock in the morning, he was + awakened by the ringing of bells and gongs that called the monks + to the worship of Buddha.</p> + + <p>In the morning Yung Pak awoke greatly refreshed, and, after a + bountiful breakfast, he started out with Wang Ken, guided by a + monk, to see the wonders of Chang-an-sa monastery.</p> + + <p>One of the first things he noticed was the large number of + boys about the place. He learned from the guide that these lads + were all orphans who were being cared for by the priests, and + who, later in life, would themselves become priests of Buddha. + They were all bright and active, and were kept busily employed as + waiters and errand-runners when they were not at work on their + studies. Like most boys, however, they managed to get a generous + share of time for play.</p> + + <p>It would be impossible to tell in detail about all the strange + things Yung Pak saw at this monastery. The chief temple was an + enormous structure of stone and tile and carved wood, all + decorated in gorgeous combinations of red, green, gold, and + white.</p> + + <p>Within this temple was one room called the "chamber of + imagery." Inside its darkened walls a single monk chanted his + monotonous prayer before an altar. During the chant he also + occupied himself by striking a small bell with a deer-horn. Bells + played a great part in the worship at Chang-an-sa, and all the + prayers were emphasized by the clanging of bells great or + small.</p> + + <p>Along the shadowy walls of this room could be seen the + weapons, as well as the eyes and teeth, the legs and arms, of + gods and demons otherwise invisible. These had a ghostly effect + on Yung Pak, and made him cling closely to the side of his + tutor.</p> + + <p>Above the altar before which the priest knelt was an immense + carving in imitation of an uprooted tree. Among the roots thus + exposed were placed fifty-three idols in all kinds of positions. + Beneath the carving were represented three fierce-looking + dragons, on whose faces were signs of the most awful torment and + suffering.</p> + + <p>"About this altar-piece," said Yung Pak's guide, "there is a + legend you might like to hear."</p> + + <p>"Oh, yes," was the reply, "tell us the story."</p> + + <p>"Many years ago," began the guide, "fifty-three Buddhist + priests came from India to Korea for the purpose of converting + the people to their belief. When they reached this place they + were very tired, and sat down by a spring beneath the + wide-spreading branches of a tree. They had not been there long + when three dragons appeared and attacked the priests. During the + contest the dragons called up a great wind which uprooted the + tree. In return, each of the priests placed an image of Buddha on + a tree-root, turning it into an altar. Thus they were able to + overcome the dragons, who were forced into the spring. On top of + them great stones were piled, and afterward the monastery of + Chang-an-sa was built upon the site of the battle between the + priests and the dragons."</p> + + <p>Afterward Yung Pak visited the great kitchens, the + dining-rooms, the stables, the private rooms of the monks, and + every place which might be of interest to an inquisitive boy of + his age.</p> + + <p>During the time he remained at Chang-an-sa he made several + excursions into the surrounding country, but always returning to + the monastery at night.</p> + + <p>Meanwhile Ki Pak had transacted the business for which he came + to this region, and at the end of ten days was ready to return to + Seoul.</p> + + <p>Of this journey it is not necessary to tell. No mishap marred + the pleasure of the trip, and all returned safe and sound to + their home in the capital city of Korea. Yung Pak had enjoyed the + journey very, very much, yet he was not sorry once more to be + among the familiar scenes and surroundings of home.</p> + <hr style="width: 65%;"> + <a name="CHAPTER_IX"></a> + + <h2>CHAPTER IX.</h2><br> + + <center> + A FULL-FLEDGED TOP-KNOT + </center> + + <p>Like all Korean boys, Yung Pak wore his hair in two braids, + and by the time he was twelve years old these had become very + long, and hung in black and glossy plaits down his back.</p> + + <p>On the day that he was thirteen his father called him to his + room and told the lad that the time had come for him to assume + the dignities of a man. In accordance with that statement, he had + decided that on the next day his son should be formally + "invested" with the top-knot. In other words, the crown of his + head was to be shaven, and his long hair tightly coiled upon the + bare place thus made. This is called the "Investiture of the + Top-knot," and is always attended by solemn ceremonies.</p> + + <p>In preparation for this event Ki Pak had made careful and + elaborate arrangements. He had provided for his son new clothes + and a hat after the style of his own. He had also consulted an + eminent astrologer, who had chosen the propitious day and hour + for the ceremony after due consultation of the calendar and the + stars and planets in their courses.</p> + + <p>Generally, if the father is blessed with good fortune and a + number of sons, he acts as his own master of ceremonies on such + an occasion, but as Ki Pak had only this one son he decided to + ask his brother, Wu-pom Nai, who had several sons and was a + prosperous merchant of Seoul, to fill this important + position.</p> + + <p>Yung Pak could hardly wait for the morrow to come. So excited + was he at the thought of the great honour that was to be his that + he spent almost a sleepless night. However, like all nights, long + or short, this one passed, and the wished-for hour at last + arrived.</p> + + <p>All the male members of the family were present. Korean women + are reckoned of little importance and take no part in social and + family affairs. On this occasion no men except relatives were + asked to attend.</p> + + <p>Yung Pak was directed to seat himself on the floor in the + centre of the room, facing the east. This was the point of + compass revealed by the astrologer as most favourable to the + young candidate for manly honours.</p> + + <p>With great deliberation and much formality Wu-pom Nai + proceeded to loosen the boy's heavy plaits of hair. Then with + great care, while the onlookers watched with breathless interest, + he shaved the crown of the lad's head, making a bare circular + spot about three inches in diameter. Over this spot he twisted + all the remaining hair into a coil about four inches long, + pointing slightly forward like a horn.</p> + + <p>Over the top-knot thus made the master of ceremonies placed + the <i>mang-kun,</i> which was a crownless skull-cap made of a + very delicate stiff gauze. This was tied on very + tightly,—so tightly that it made a deep ridge in Yung Pak's + forehead and gave him a severe headache; but he bore the pain + heroically and without flinching—for was he not now a man? + The regular Korean man's hat, with its flapping wings, was next + put on, and this part of the ceremony was complete.</p> + + <p>Yung Pak now rose from his position, and made a deep bow to + each one in the room, beginning with his father, and then in + regular order according to relationship. Afterward, accompanied + by his relatives, he proceeded to the room where were placed the + tablets in memory of his ancestors. There he offered sacrifice + before each one in turn. Lighted candles in brass candlesticks he + placed in front of each tablet, and beside the candles he put + dishes of sacrificial food and fruit. Then, as before his living + relatives, he bowed profoundly to the tablets of the dead ones, + and formally and seriously let them know that he had been + regularly invested with the top-knot, and now had the right to be + regarded as a man.</p> + + <p>The sacrifices made, Yung Pak called at the homes of all the + male friends of the family, who now for the first time looked + upon him as their equal, and in the evening Ki Pak gave a great + dinner in honour of his son. Here there was much feasting and + rejoicing, and all united in wishing the greatest prosperity and + lifelong happiness to the little Korean boy now become a man.</p> + + <p>He is no longer our <i>little</i> Korean cousin. Hence, we + leave him at this point, joining heartily in the best wishes and + the compliments bestowed upon him by his friends.</p><br> + + <p>THE END.</p> + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Our Little Korean Cousin, by H. Lee M. Pike + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OUR LITTLE KOREAN COUSIN *** + +***** This file should be named 12048-h.htm or 12048-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/2/0/4/12048/ + +Produced by Million Book Project, Juliet Sutherland, and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + + https://www.gutenberg.org/etext06 + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: + https://www.gutenberg.org/GUTINDEX.ALL + + + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/old/12048-h/images/0.jpg b/old/12048-h/images/0.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e9f528 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/12048-h/images/0.jpg diff --git a/old/12048-h/images/1.jpg b/old/12048-h/images/1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2252ebb --- /dev/null +++ b/old/12048-h/images/1.jpg diff --git a/old/12048-h/images/2.jpg b/old/12048-h/images/2.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c08ca17 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/12048-h/images/2.jpg diff --git a/old/12048-h/images/3.jpg b/old/12048-h/images/3.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e75eff --- /dev/null +++ b/old/12048-h/images/3.jpg diff --git a/old/12048-h/images/4.jpg b/old/12048-h/images/4.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..550e42e --- /dev/null +++ b/old/12048-h/images/4.jpg diff --git a/old/12048-h/images/5.jpg b/old/12048-h/images/5.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..be3d188 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/12048-h/images/5.jpg diff --git a/old/12048.txt b/old/12048.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f7fcfa9 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/12048.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2102 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Our Little Korean Cousin, by H. Lee M. Pike + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Our Little Korean Cousin + +Author: H. Lee M. Pike + +Release Date: April 15, 2004 [EBook #12048] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OUR LITTLE KOREAN COUSIN *** + + + + +Produced by Million Book Project, Juliet Sutherland, and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. + + + + + + + +Our Little Korean Cousin + +By + +H. Lee M. Pike + +_Illustrated by_ + +L.J. Bridgman + + + + +Preface + + +Until very recently little has been known of the strange land in which +the subject of this tale lives. Recent events have done much to +introduce Korea and its people to the world at large. For this reason +the story of Yung Pak's youthful days may be the more interesting to his +Western cousins. + +These are stirring times in Korea, and it may safely be prophesied that +the little Koreans of the present day will occupy a larger place in the +world's history than have their fathers and grandfathers. Their bright +eyes are now turned toward the light, and, under the uplifting +influences of education and civilization, the old superstitions and +antique customs are bound to give way. + +Some famous Americans and Englishmen have had no small part in letting +in the light upon this dark nation, and in years to come, when Korea +shall have attained to the full stature of national strength, the names +of Rodgers, Blake, Kimberly, and many others will be held in high esteem +by the people of that country. + +This little volume gives just a glimpse into the mode of life, the +habits and customs, the traditions and superstitions, of the Koreans. If +it awakens an interest in the minds of its young readers, and inspires +them with a desire for further knowledge of their cousins in this far +Eastern land, its purpose will be well served. + + + + +Contents + + +CHAPTER + +I. SOME QUEER THINGS +II. YUNG PAK'S HOME +III. A GLIMPSE OF THE KING +IV. YUNG PAK AT SCHOOL +V. A LESSON IN HISTORY +VI. THE MONK'S STORY +VII. A JOURNEY +VIII. THE MONASTERY AT CHANG-AN-SA +IX. A FULL-FLEDGED TOP-KNOT + + + + +List of Illustrations + +YUNG PAK A STREET IN SEOUL +"ALL THE BOYS SIT UPON THE FLOOR" +"HE MUST DROP TO HIS KNEES AND MAKE A PROFOUND SALUTE" +"ON THE UPPER PART OF EACH OF THESE POSTS WAS A RUDE CARVING" +"THE DAY WAS PASSED IN MUCH THE SAME MANNER AS THE PRECEDING ONE" + + + + +OUR LITTLE KOREAN COUSIN + + + + +CHAPTER I. + + +SOME QUEER THINGS + +Yung Pak was the very queer name of a queer little boy who lived in a +queer house in a queer city. This boy was peculiar in his looks, his +talk was in a strange tongue, his clothes were odd in colour and fit, +his shoes were unlike ours, and everything about him would seem to you +very unusual in appearance. But the most wonderful thing of all was that +he did not think he was a bit queer, and if he should see one of you in +your home, or at school, or at play, he would open wide his slant eyes +with wonder at your peculiar ways and dress. The name of the country in +which this little boy lived is Korea. + +One thing about Yung Pak, though, was just like little boys everywhere. +When he first came to his home in the Korean city, a little bit of a +baby, his father and mother were very, very glad to see him. Your father +and mother gave you no warmer welcome than the parents of this little +Korean baby gave to him. + +Perhaps Yung Pak's father did not say much, but any one could have seen +by his face that he was tremendously pleased. He was a very dignified +man, and his manner was nearly always calm, no matter how stirred up he +might have felt in his mind. This was one of the rare occasions when his +face expanded into a smile, and he immediately made a generous offering +of rice to the household tablets. + +All Koreans pay great honour to their dead parents, and tablets to +their memory are placed in some room set apart for the purpose. Before +these tablets sacrifices are offered. Yung Pak's father would have been +almost overwhelmed with terror at thought of having no one to worship +his memory and present offerings before his tablet. + +It is to be feared that if, instead of Yung Pak, a little daughter had +come to this Korean house, the father and the mother would not have been +so pleased. For, strange as it may seem to you who live in homes where +little daughters and little sisters are petted and loved above all the +rest of the family, in Korea little girls do not receive a warm welcome, +though the mothers will cherish and fondle them--as much from pity as +from love. The mothers know better than any one else how hard a way the +little girl will have to travel through life. + +But it is Yung Pak we want to tell you about. + +As his father was a wealthy man, all the comforts and luxuries which +could be given to a Korean baby were showered on this tiny boy. + +One of the queer things, though, was that he had no little cradle in +which he might be rocked to sleep. And you know that all babies, +especially little babies, sleep a great deal. So how do you suppose Yung +Pak's mother used to put him to sleep in this land where cradles were +unknown? She put him on the bed and patted him lightly on the stomach. +This she called _to-tak, to-tak_. + +As Yung Pak grew older he was given many toys, among them rattles, +drums, flags, and dolls, just as you had them. Some of the toys, though, +were very peculiar ones--different from anything you ever saw. He had +little tasselled umbrellas, just like the big one his father used when +he walked out in the sun. He also had little fringed hats and toy +chariots with fancy wheels. One of Yung Pak's favourite toys was a +wooden jumping-jack with a pasteboard tongue. By pulling a string the +tongue was drawn in and a trumpet carried up to the mouth. + +Another favourite toy was a tiger on wheels. Tiger-hunting, by the way, +was considered great sport by Yung Pak's father. It was a very dangerous +one, too, and sometimes lives were sacrificed in his efforts to capture +or to kill this fierce wild beast. Sometimes the animal was caught in a +trap which was nothing less than a hut of logs with a single entrance. +In the roof of the hut heavy beams would be placed on a forked stick. +The bait--a young lamb or kid--would be tied beneath the beams. The +moment the bait was touched, down would come the heavy timber--smash--on +the tiger's head. + +But Yung Pak's tiger was ferocious only in looks. It was made of paper +pulp and painted with bright stripes. This harmless image of a fierce +beast Yung Pak would pull about the floor with a string by the hour. + +All his pets were not of wood and paper. Real live animals he had. +Puppies and kittens, of course. His greatest pet, though, was a monkey. +What little boy ever saw a monkey that he didn't want for his own? So +when Yung Pak's father made him a present of a monkey--a real +monkey--alive--he just danced with glee. + +This monkey was not a very large one,--not over a foot high,--but he +could cut capers and play tricks equal to any monkey you ever saw +travelling with an organ-grinder. He was dressed in a scarlet jacket, +and he was always with Yung Pak, except sometimes when he would try to +plague him by breaking away and running--perhaps to the house-top or to +the neighbour's garden. + +After a little while Yung Pak got used to these "monkey shines," and he +knew that his pet would not stay away long after mealtime. + +As Yung Pak grew older he was allowed to play with other boys of his own +age. A favourite sport was Hunting the Ring. In this game the boys would +get together quite a large heap of sand. In this sand one of them would +hide a ring, and then the urchins would all get slender sticks and poke +around in the pile trying to find the ring. Whoever succeeded in getting +the ring on his stick won the game, and carried the prize home as a sign +of victory. + +Sometimes Yung Pak would be the winner, and then he would march home +with great glee and show the trophy to his father. + +One of the first things Yung Pak was taught was to be respectful to his +father. Never was he allowed to fail in this duty in the least. This +does not seem strange when we know what a sober, serious, dignified man +Yung Pak's father was. It would not do to allow his son to do anything +that would upset his dignity, though he loved him very much indeed. + +It was far different with the boy's mother. Her little boy soon learned +that her wishes counted for very little in the family, and she never +ventured to rebuke him, no matter how seriously he might offend her or +what naughty thing he might do. + +One queer thing about Yung Pak was the way he used to wear his hair. +While still very young his head was shaved, except a little round spot +on the very crown. Here it was allowed to grow, and as years went by it +grew quite long, and was braided in two plaits down his back. + +When Yung Pak grew to be a man the long hair was knotted up on top of +his head, and for this reason many people call Koreans "Top-knots." But +of this arrangement of the hair we shall tell more farther on. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + + +YUNG PAK'S HOME + +Ki Pak, Yung Pak's father, was one of the king's officials. On this +account his home was near the great palace of the king, in the city of +Seoul, the capital of the country. + +This city did not look much like the ones in which you live. There were +no wide streets, no high buildings, no street-cars. Instead, there were +narrow, dirty lanes and open gutters. Shopkeepers not only occupied both +sides of the crowded streets, but half their wares were exposed in and +over the dirty gutters. Grain merchants and vegetable dealers jostled +each other in the streets themselves. In and about among them played the +boys of the city, not even half-clothed in most cases. There were no +parks and playgrounds for them such as you have. Often, too, boys would +be seen cantering through the streets, seated sidewise on the bare backs +of ponies, caring nothing for passers-by, ponies, or each +other--laughing, chatting, eating chestnuts. Other boys would be +carrying on their heads small round tables covered with dishes of rice, +pork, cabbage, wine, and other things. + +[Illustration: A STREET IN SEOUL] + +Around the city was a great wall of stone fourteen miles in length. In +some places it clung to the edges of the mountains, and then dropped +into a deep ravine, again to climb a still higher mountain, perhaps. In +one direction it enclosed a forest, in another a barren plain. Great +blocks were the stones, that had been in place many, many years. It must +have taken hundreds and thousands of men to put them in position, and, +though the wall was hundreds of years old, it was still well preserved. +It was from twenty-five to forty feet high. The wall was hung from one +end of the city to the other with ivy, which looked as if it had been +growing in its place centuries before Yung Pak was born. + +In the wall were eight gates, and at each one a keeper was stationed at +all hours of the day and night. No persons could come in or go out +unless their business was known to those who had charge of the passage. + +Every evening, at sunset, the gates were closed, and during the night no +one was allowed to pass through in either direction. + +A curious ceremony attended the closing of these gates. They were never +shut till the king had been notified that all was well on the north, on +the south, on the east, and on the west. As there were no telegraph +lines, another way had to be provided by which messages might be quickly +sent. Bonfires upon the surrounding hills were used as signals. By +these fires the king was told if all were well in his kingdom, and every +evening, as soon as the sun was set, four beacon-fires on a hill within +the walls told the news as it was flashed to them from the mountains +outside. Then four officers, whose business it was to report to the king +the message of the fires, hastened to him, and with great ceremony and +much humility announced that all was well. On this the royal band of +music would strike up its liveliest airs, and a great bell would toll +its evening warning. This bell was the third largest in the world, and +for five centuries it had given the signal for opening and closing the +gates of Seoul, the chief city of the "Land of the Morning Radiance." + +At the stroke of the bell, with a great clang the gates were shut, and +strong bars were placed across the inner sides, not to be removed until +at early dawn the bell again gave its signal to the keepers. + +To little Yung Pak, the loud tones of the bell meant more even than to +the sentinels at the gates. He knew that not only was it a signal for +the closing of the city gates, but it was also a warning that bedtime +was at hand. + +The house in which Yung Pak lived was a very fine one, although the +grounds were not as spacious as those of many houses in the outskirts of +the city. But its walls were of stone, whereas many of the houses of +Seoul had walls of paper. + +Yes, actually walls of paper! + +But this paper was a very tough, fibrous substance, and would resist +quite a heavy blow as well as keep out the cold. Its slight cost brought +it within the means of the poorer people. + +In some parts of Korea the houses were built of stout timbers, the +chinks covered with woven cane and plastered with mud. Neat hedges of +interlaced boughs surrounded them. The chimney was often simply a +hollow tree, not attached to the house. + +Ki Pak's house was not only built of stone, but about it were four walls +of stone, about five feet high, to help keep out intruders. The wall was +surmounted by a rampart of plaited bamboo. In this wall were three +gates, corresponding to entrances into the house itself. One gate, the +largest, on the north side, was used only by Ki Pak himself, though +after he grew older Yung Pak could enter this gate with his father. The +second gate, on the east, was used by the family and friends of Ki Pak. +The third and smallest gate was reserved for the use of the servants. + +The roof of this house was not covered with shingles, but with clay +tiles, coloured red. Many houses in the city had simply a roof-covering +of thatched straw. + +The house was but a single story high, but in this respect the king's +palace itself was no better. There were three divisions to the house. +One was for the use of the men, a second for the women of the family, +and a third for the servants. Each division had a suitable number of +rooms for its occupants. + +Yung Pak's own sleeping-room was a dainty affair, with its paper walls, +tiger-skin rugs upon the stone floor, and the softest of mats and silk +and wadded cotton coverings for his couch. + +This couch, by the way, was another queer affair. It was built of brick! +Beneath it were pipes or flues connected with other pipes which ran +beneath the whole house. Through these flues were forced currents of hot +air from a blaze in a large fireplace at one end of the house. The +chimney was at the other end, and thus a draught of hot air constantly +passed beneath the floors in cold weather. On warm nights Yung Pak would +pile his mats upon the floor and sleep as comfortably as ever you did +on the softest feather bed your grandmother could make. + +The windows of Ki Pak's house were not made of glass, but were small +square frames covered with oiled paper. These frames fitted into grooves +so that they could be slid back and forth, and in warm weather the +windows were always left open. The doors were made of wood, though in +many houses paper or plaited bamboo was used. + +When Yung Pak ate his meals, he sat upon a rug on the floor with his +father and such male guests as might be in the house. The women never +ate with them. Their meals were served in their own rooms. + +A servant would bring to each person a _sang_, or small low table. +Instead of a cloth, on each table was a sheet of fine glazed paper which +had the appearance of oiled silk. This paper was made from the bark of +the mulberry-tree. It was soft and pliable, and of such a texture that +it could be washed easier than anything else, either paper or cloth. On +this were placed dishes of porcelain and earthen ware. There were no +knives or forks, but in their place were chop-sticks such as the Chinese +used. Spoons also were on the table. A tall and long-spouted teapot was +always the finest piece of ware. + +On the dining-tables of the poorer people of Korea the teapot was never +seen, for, strange as it may seem, in this land situated between the two +greatest tea-producing countries of the world, tea is not in common use. + +All Koreans have splendid appetites, and probably if you should see Yung +Pak eating his dinner you would criticize his table manners. He not only +ate a large amount of food, but ate it very rapidly--almost as if he +feared that some one might steal his dinner before he could dispose of +it. And you would think that he never expected to get another square +meal! + +But it was not Yung Pak's fault that he was such a little glutton. In +his youngest days, when his mother used to regulate his food, she would +stuff him full of rice. Then she would turn him over on his back and +paddle his stomach with a ladle to make sure that he was well filled! + + + + +CHAPTER III. + + +A GLIMPSE OF THE KING + +Yung Pak's earliest days were spent very much as are those of most +babies, whether they live in Korea or America. Eating and sleeping were +his chief occupations. + +When he grew old enough to run about, his father employed for him a +servant, Kim Yong, whose business it was to see that no harm came to the +child. For several years the two were constantly together, even sleeping +in the same room at night. + +Once when Yung Pak and his attendant were out for their daily walk their +attention was attracted by the sound of music in the distance. + +"What is that music?" asked Yung Pak. + +"That is the king's band. It must be that there is going to be a +procession," was Kim Yong's reply. + +"Oh, I know what it is," said Yung Pak. "The king is going to the new +Temple of Ancestors. My father said the tablets on which the king's +forefathers' names are engraved are to be put in place to-day." + +"Let us hurry so as to get into a place where we can have a good view of +the procession." + +"Yes, we will; for father told me that this is to be an extra fine one, +and he is to be in it himself. I want to see him when he goes by." + +By this time Yung Pak and Kim Yong were running as fast as their flowing +garments and their dignity would allow them. And everybody else, from +the dirtiest street boy to the gravest old man, was hurrying toward the +palace gate through which the procession was to come. Yung Pak and Kim +Yong were fortunate enough to get a position where they could see the +palace gate, and the procession would have to pass by them on its way to +the temple. + +Meanwhile the band inside the palace walls kept up its music, and the +people outside could also hear the shouts of officers giving their +orders to guards and soldiers. + +Soon there was an extra flourish of the music, and the gate, toward +which all eyes had been strained, was suddenly flung wide open with a +great clang. + +Hundreds of soldiers already lined the streets to keep the crowd back +out of the way of the procession. + +First through the gate came a company of Korean foot-soldiers, in blue +uniforms. Directly after them came a lot of palace attendants in curious +hats and long robes of all colours of the rainbow. Some were dressed in +blue, some in red, some in orange, some in yellow, some in a mixture of +colours. All carried staves bound with streamers of ribbons. + +Following the attendants came a line of bannermen, with red flags, on +which were various inscriptions in blue; then came drummers and +pipe-players dressed in yellow costumes, their instruments decked with +ribbons. + +Yung Pak next saw more soldiers, dressed in the queerest of ancient +costumes; afterward came men with cymbals and bells, cavalrymen on foot, +and more palace attendants. Through the whole line were seen many +officials, gaudily adorned with plumes, gold lace, gilt fringe, swords, +and coloured decorations of all sorts. Many of the officials had on +high-crowned hats decorated with bunches of feathers and crimson +tassels. These were fastened by a string of amber beads around the +throat. Blue and orange and red were the colours of their robes. Then +followed more bannermen, drummers, and servants carrying food, fire, and +pipes. + +All the time there was a tremendous beating of drums and blowing of +horns and ringing of bells. The noise was so great that Kim Yong hardly +heard Yung Pak when he shouted: + +"Oh, I see papa!" + +"Where is he?" + +"Don't you see him right behind that little man in yellow who is +carrying a big blue flag?" + +"Oh, yes," said Kim Yong. "He has on a long green robe, and on his +turban are long orange plumes." + +"Yes; and on both sides of him, in green gauze coats, are his servants. +I wonder if he will notice us as he goes by." + +"Indeed he will not. At least, if he does see us, he will give no sign, +for this is too solemn and important an occasion for him to relax his +dignity." + +On state occasions Ki Pak could look as sedate and dignified as the most +serious official in all Korea; and that is saying a good deal, for in +no country do the officials appear more solemn than in this "Land of the +Morning Radiance." + +Now along came more soldiers, followed by the great nobles of the +kingdom, and finally, amid a most terrific beating of drums, a fearful +jangling of bells, and a horrid screaming of pipes, the guard of the +king himself appeared. + +Suddenly all was silent. Drum-beating, pipe-blowing, and shouting all +died away. The sound of hurried footsteps alone was heard. All at once +into sight came the imperial chair of state. In this chair was the king, +but not yet could Yung Pak get a glimpse of his royal master. Yellow +silken panels hid him from the view of the curious crowd, and over the +top was a canopy of the same description, ornamented with heavy, rich +tassels. + +This gorgeous chair was much heavier than those used by officials and +ordinary citizens, and it took thirty-two men to carry it quickly and +safely past the throng to the entrance of the temple. Only a few minutes +were necessary for this journey, for the temple was but a short distance +from the palace gate, and both were in plain sight of Yung Pak and Kim +Yong. + +It was only a fleeting glimpse of the king that they got, as he passed +from his chair to the temple gate; but this was enough to repay Yung Pak +for the rushing and the crowding and the waiting that he had been +obliged to endure. Rare indeed were these glimpses of his Majesty, and +they afforded interest and excitement enough to last a long while. + +But the procession was not over yet. A chair covered with red silk, +borne on the shoulders of sixteen chair-men, passed up to the temple. + +"Who is in that chair?" asked Yung Pak of his companion. + +"The crown prince," was Kim Yong's reply. + +"He attends his royal father in all these ceremonies of state." + +Yung Pak drew a long breath, but said nothing. He only thought what a +fine thing it must be to be a king's son, and wear such gorgeous +clothes, and have so many servants at his call. + +And then he had a second thought. He would not want to exchange his +splendid father for all the glory and magnificence of the king's court. + +After the king and the crown prince, with their attendant officials and +servants and priests, had gone into the temple, Yung Pak and Kim Yong +did not stay longer at their post. The order of the procession had +broken, and the king and his immediate retinue would return privately to +the palace after he should pay homage and offer sacrifice to the spirits +of his ancestors. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + + +YUNG PAK AT SCHOOL + +Little Korean boys have to go to school, just as you do, though they do +not study in just the same way. You would be surprised if you were to +step into a Korean schoolroom. All the boys sit upon the floor with +their legs curled up beneath them. Instead of the quiet, silent +scholars, you would hear a loud and deafening buzz. All the pupils study +out loud. They not only do their studying aloud, but they talk very +loud, as if each one were trying to make more noise than his neighbour. + +The Koreans call this noise _kang-siong_, and it seems almost deafening +to one unused to it. You would think the poor teacher would be driven +crazy, but he seems as calm as a daisy in a June breeze. + +[Illustration: "ALL THE BOYS SIT UPON THE FLOOR"] + +The Korean boys have to have "tests" and examinations just as you do. +When a lad has a good lesson, the teacher makes a big red mark on his +paper, and he carries it home with the greatest pride,--just as you do +when you take home a school paper marked "100." + +But Yung Pak was not allowed to share the pleasures and the trials of +the boys in the public school. + +One day, soon after he was six years old, his father sent for him to +come to his private room,--perhaps you would call it a study or library. +With Yung Pak's father was a strange gentleman, a young man with a +pleasant face and an air of good breeding. + +"This," said Ki Pak to his son as he entered the room, "is Wang Ken. I +have engaged him to be your teacher, or tutor. The time has come for you +to begin to learn to read and to cipher and to study the history and +geography of our country." + +Yung Pak made a very low bow, for all Korean boys are early taught to be +courteous, especially to parents, teachers, and officials. + +In this case he was very glad to show respect to his new tutor, for he +liked his appearance and felt sure that they would get on famously +together. More than that, though he liked to play as well as any boy, he +was not sorry that he was going to begin to learn something. Even at his +age he had ambitions, and expected that sometime he would, like his +father, serve the king in some office. + +Wang Ken was equally well pleased with the looks of the bright boy who +was to be his pupil, and told Yung Pak's father that he believed there +need be no fear but what they would get on well together, and that the +boy would prove a bright scholar. + +To Wang Ken and his pupil were assigned a room near Ki Pak's library, +where Yung Pak would spend several hours each day trying his best to +learn the Korean A B C's. + +The first book he had to study was called "The Thousand Character +Classic." This was the first book that all Korean boys had to study, and +was said to have been written by a very wise man hundreds of years ago. +A strange thing about it was that it was composed during one night, and +so great was the wise man's struggle that his hair and beard turned +white during that night. When Yung Pak was told this fact he was not a +bit surprised. He thought it was hard enough to have to learn what was +in the book, to say nothing of writing it in the beginning. + +At the same time that Yung Pak was learning to read, he was also +learning to write. But you would have been amused if you could have seen +his efforts. The strangest thing about it was that he did not use a pen, +but had a coarse brush on a long handle. Into the ink he would dip this +brush and then make broad marks on sheets of coarse paper. You would not +be able to understand those marks at all. They looked like the daubs of +a sign-painter gone crazy. + +Later on, Yung Pak had to study the history and geography of his +country. Some of the names he had to learn would amuse you very much. +The name of the province of Haan-kiung, for instance, meant Perfect +Mirror, or Complete View Province. Kiung-sang was the Korean name for +Respectful Congratulation Province, and Chung-chong meant Serene Loyalty +Province. One part of Korea, where the inhabitants were always peaceable +and unwarlike, was called Peace and Quiet Province, or, in the Korean +language, Ping-an. + +Under Wang Ken's instruction Yung Pak made rapid progress in his +studies, and when the boy's father questioned him from time to time as +to what he had learned, he was very much pleased, and commended his son +for his close attention to his studies. + +"Sometime," Ki Pak said to the boy, "if you continue to make such good +progress in your studies, you will be able to hold a high position in +the service of the king." + +In explanation of this remark, you should understand that no young man +was able to enter into the government service of Korea until he could +pass a very hard examination in many studies. + +Many things besides book-learning did Wang Ken teach his pupil. In all +the rules of Korean etiquette he was carefully and persistently drilled. + +As you have already been told, Yung Pak had from his earliest days been +taught the deepest reverence and honour for his father. This kind of +instruction was continued from day to day. He was told that a son must +not play in his father's presence, nor assume free or easy posture +before him. He must often wait upon his father at meal-times, and +prepare his bed for him. If the father is old or sickly, the son sleeps +near him by night, and does not leave his presence by day. If for any +reason the father is cast into prison, the son makes his home near by in +order that he may provide such comforts for his unfortunate parent as +the prison officials will allow. + +If, by chance, the father should be banished from the country for his +misdeeds, the son must accompany him at least to the borders of his +native land, and in some instances must go with him into exile. + +When the son meets his father in the street, he must drop to his knees +and make a profound salute, no matter what the state of the roadway. In +all letters which the son writes to his father he uses the most exalted +titles and honourable phrases he can imagine. + +[Illustration: HE MUST DROP TO HIS KNEES AND MAKE A PROFOUND SALUTE] + + + + +CHAPTER V. + + +A LESSON IN HISTORY + +As you already know, Yung Pak's father intended that his son, when he +grew up, should fill a position in the service of the king. To fit him +for this work, it was important that the boy should learn all that he +could of his country's history. + +On this account Yung Pak's tutor had orders to give to the lad each day, +during the hours devoted to study, some account of events in the rise +and progress of the Korean nation or of its royal families. + +You must know that Korea is a very old country, its history dating back +hundreds of years before America was discovered by Christopher Columbus. + +Now Wang Ken knew that dry history had very few attractions for his +young pupil, or any lively boy for that matter, so as far as possible he +avoided the repetition of dates and uninteresting events, and often gave +to Yung Pak much useful information in story form. + +One day, when the time came for the usual history lesson, Wang Ken said +to Yung Pak: + +"I think that to-day I will tell you the story of King Taijo." + +At this Yung Pak's eyes sparkled, and he was all attention in a moment. +He thought one of Wang Ken's stories was a great deal better than +puzzling over Korean letters or struggling with long strings of figures. +The tutor went on: + +"When Taijo was born, many, many years ago, our country was not called +Korea, but had been given the name of Cho-sen." + +Yung Pak had been told that Cho-sen meant Morning Calm, so he asked Wang +Ken how it came about that such a peaceful name had been given to his +country. + +"Why," said Wang Ken, "the name was given to our land years and years +ago by the leader of some Chinese settlers, whose name was Ki Tsze. In +his native land there had been much violence and war, so with his +friends and followers he moved to the eastward and selected this country +for his home. Here he hoped to be free from the attacks of enemies and +to be able to live a peaceful life. For this reason he chose a name +which well expressed its outward position--toward the rising sun--and +his own inward feelings,--Cho-sen, or Morning Calm. This is still the +official name of our country. + +"But to come back to our story of Taijo. At the time of his birth, the +rulers of the country were very unpopular because of their wickedness +and oppression of the people. There was much suffering on account of the +misrule, and the people longed for a deliverer who should restore +prosperity to Cho-sen. + +"Such a deliverer appeared in the person of Taijo. It is said that even +as a boy he surpassed his fellows in goodness, intelligence, and skill +in all sorts of boyish games." + +Wang Ken improved this opportunity to tell Yung Pak how important it was +that all boys should follow such an example. + +But while Yung Pak listened with apparent patience, he could hardly +conceal his inward desire that the tutor would go on with his story. +Like most boys, of all races, he felt that he could get along without +the moralizing. + +"Hunting with the falcon was one of Taijo's favourite sports. One day, +while in the woods, his bird flew so far ahead that its young master +lost sight of it. Hurrying on to find it, Taijo discovered a hut beside +the path, into which he saw the falcon fly. + +"Entering the hut, the youth found a white-bearded hermit priest, who +lived here alone and unknown to the outside world. For a moment Taijo +was speechless with surprise in the presence of the wise old hermit. + +"Seeing his embarrassment, the old man spoke to him in these words: + +"'What benefit is it for a youth of your abilities to be seeking a stray +falcon? A throne is a richer prize. Betake yourself at once to the +capital.' + +"Now Taijo knew how to take a hint as well as any boy, so he immediately +left the hut of the hermit, forsaking his falcon, and went to Sunto, +then the capital of the kingdom. + +"As I have already told you, Taijo was a wise youth. He did not rush +headlong into the accomplishment of the purpose hinted at by the hermit. +Had he done so, and at that time attempted to dethrone the king, he +would certainly have been overpowered and slain. + +"He took a more deliberate and sensible way. First he enlisted in the +army of the king. As he was a young man of courage and strength, he was +not long in securing advancement. He rapidly rose through the various +grades, until he finally held the chief command of the army as +lieutenant-general. + +"Of course Taijo did not reach this high station in a month, nor in a +year, but many years went by before he attained such an exalted place. +Meanwhile he married and had children. Several of these children were +daughters." + +Wang Ken did not say right here, what he might have said with +truth,--that in Korean families girls are considered of very little +consequence. But in this case Taijo's daughter proved to be of much help +in making her father the king of Cho-sen. + +"One of these daughters was married to the reigning king. Thus Taijo +became father-in-law to his sovereign. You can easily see that in this +relationship he must have had a large influence both over the king and +over the people. + +"Being a brave man and courageous fighter, Taijo was idolized by his +soldiers. He was also very popular with all the people because he was +always strictly honest and just in all his dealings with them. + +"Taijo proved his bravery and his reliance on the soldiers and on the +people by attempting to bring about a change in the conduct of the king, +who abused his power and treated his subjects without mercy. + +"The king, however, refused to listen to the advice of his +father-in-law, and, as a consequence, the hatred of the people for him +grew in volume and force every day. + +"Meanwhile, the king was having other troubles. In former years, Korea +had paid an annual tribute or tax to China, but for some time it had +been held back by this king. Consequently the Chinese (or Ming) emperor +sent a large army to enforce his demand for the amount of money due him. + +"The Korean ruler neglected the matter and finally refused to pay. He +then ordered that more soldiers be added to his army, that the Chinese +forces might be resisted; but with all his efforts the enemy's army was +much the larger. Nevertheless, he ordered Taijo, at the head of his +forces, to attack the Chinese. Upon this, Taijo thus addressed his +soldiers: + +"'Although the order from the king must be obeyed, yet the attack upon +the Ming soldiers, with so small an army as ours, is like casting an egg +against a rock, and no one of us will return alive. I do not tell you +this from any fear of death, but our king is too haughty. He does not +heed our advice. He has ordered out the army suddenly without cause, +paying no attention to the suffering which wives and children of the +soldiers must undergo. This is a thing I cannot bear. Let us go back to +the capital, and the responsibility shall fall on my shoulders alone.' + +"The soldiers were quite willing to take the advice of their courageous +leader, and resolved to obey his orders rather than the king's. They +went to the capital, forcibly removed the king from his throne, and +banished him to the island of Kang-wa. + +"Not yet, however, was Taijo made king. The deposed ruler plotted and +planned all kinds of schemes whereby he might be restored to his old +position of authority. Taijo heard of some of his plots, and finally did +that which would for ever extinguish the authority of the old king or +any of his family. He removed from the temple the tablets on which were +inscribed the names of the king's ancestors. More than this, he ordered +that no more sacrifices be offered to them. + +"The king could have suffered no greater insult than this, for, like +all Koreans, he held as sacred the memory of his ancestors, and even to +speak ill of one of them was an unpardonable crime. But this time he was +powerless to resent the indignity or to punish the offender, and +consequently he lost what little influence he had been able to retain. + +"Taijo was now formally proclaimed king. He was able to make peace with +the Chinese emperor, and under his rule the Koreans enjoyed freedom from +war and oppression. His descendants still sit upon the throne of Korea." + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + + +THE MONK'S STORY + +One evening, after Yung Pak had finished his supper, he sat talking with +his father and Wang Ken. + +The early evening hour was often spent in this way. It was a time of day +when Ki Pak was generally free from any official duty, and he was glad +to devote a little time to his son. He would inquire about the boy's +studies as well as about his sports, and Yung Pak would regale his +father with many an amusing incident or tell him something he had +learned during study hours. Sometimes he would tell of the sights he had +seen on the streets of Seoul, while on other occasions he would give +account of games with his playmates or of his success in shooting with a +bow and arrow. + +This latter sport was very common with the men and boys of Korea. It was +approved by the king for the national defence in time of war, and often +rewards were offered by rich men for winners in contests. Most Korean +gentlemen had private archery grounds and targets in the gardens near +their houses. + +Ki Pak had an arrow-walk and target in his garden, and here it was that +Yung Pak used to practise almost daily. He often, too, invited other +boys to enjoy the sport with him. + +At regular times every year public contests in arrow-shooting were held, +and costly prizes were offered to the winners by the king. The prizes +were highly valued by those who secured them, and Yung Pak looked +forward with eager anticipation to the day when he should be old enough +and skilful enough to take part in these contests. + +While Yung Pak was listening to the conversation between his father and +tutor on this evening, a knock was heard. + +On opening the door there was seen standing at the entrance a man rather +poorly clad in the white garments worn by nearly all the people of +Korea. But upon his head, instead of the ordinary cone-shaped hat worn +by the men of the country, was a very peculiar structure. It was made of +straw and was about four feet in circumference. Its rim nearly concealed +the man's face, which was further hidden by a piece of coarse white +linen cloth stretched upon two sticks and made fast just below the eyes. + +This method of concealing the face, together with the wearing of the +immense hat, was a symbol of mourning. Such a sight was not uncommon in +the streets of Seoul, and Yung Pak knew well its meaning. + +With great courtesy and hospitality Ki Pak invited the stranger within +the house. + +"I thank you for your kindness," said the visitor. "I am a stranger in +your city, a monk from a monastery in Kong-chiu. Your peculiar law not +allowing men upon the street after nightfall compels me to seek +shelter." + +"To that you are entirely welcome, my friend," said Ki Pak, whose +hospitable nature would have granted the monk's request, even if +sympathy for sorrow and reverence for religion had not also been motives +for his action. + +"Let me get the man something to eat," said Yung Pak as the monk seated +himself upon a mat. + +"Certainly, my son; it is always proper to offer food to a guest who +takes refuge under our roof." + +Quickly the boy sought his mother in the women's apartments, and very +soon returned with a steaming bowl of rice, which he placed before the +visitor. + +This gift of rice was especially pleasing to the traveller, as no dish +is held in higher honour in Korea. It is the chief cereal, and the +inhabitants say it originated in Ha-ram, China, nearly five thousand +years ago. Yung Pak called it Syang-nong-si, which means Marvellous +Agriculture. He had learned from Wang Ken that it was first brought to +Korea in 1122 B.C. + +To the monk the warm food was very refreshing, and after he had eaten a +generous amount he entered into conversation with his hosts. + +He told of the monastery where he made his home, and his account of the +various religious ceremonies and their origin was very interesting to +Yung Pak, who found that the visitor not only knew a great deal of the +history of the country, but was also familiar with its fables and +legends. + +Like many who live in retirement and dwell in a world apart from their +fellows, this monk thought the people of former times were superior to +the men of his own day. Especially did he praise the kings of years long +gone by. + +"Do you think," said Yung Pak, "that the old kings were any better than +our own gracious ruler?" + +Yung Pak was very jealous of the honour of his king. + +"Why, yes," replied the monk. "And to prove my statement let me tell you +a story: + +"Many years ago there was in Cho-sen a king named Cheng-chong. He was +celebrated throughout his kingdom for his goodness. It was a habit with +him to disguise himself in ordinary clothing and then to go out and +mingle with the common people. In this way he was often able to +discover opportunities for doing much good to his subjects. + +"One night Cheng-chong disguised himself as a countryman, and, taking a +single friend along, started out to make a tour of inspection among his +people, that he might learn the details of their lives. + +"Coming to a dilapidated-looking house, he suspected that within there +might be miserable people to whom he could render assistance. Desiring +to see the inside of the house, he punched a peep-hole in the paper +door. Looking through this hole, the king perceived an old man weeping, +a man in mourning garb singing, and a nun or widow dancing. + +"Cheng-chong was unable to imagine the cause of these strange +proceedings, so he asked his companion to call the master of the house. + +"In answer to the summons, the man in mourning made his appearance. The +king, with low and respectful salutation, said: + +"'We have never before met.' + +"'True,' was the reply, 'but whence are you? How is it that you should +come to find me at midnight? To what family do you belong?' + +"Cheng-chong answered: 'I am Mr. Ni, living at Tong-ku-an. As I was +passing before your house I was attracted by strange sounds. Then +through a hole in the door I saw an old man crying, a dancing nun, and a +man in mourning singing. Why did the nun dance, the bereaved man sing, +and the old man weep? I have called you out on purpose to learn the +reason of these things.' + +"'For what reason do you pry into other people's business?' was the +question in reply. 'This is little concern to you. It is past midnight +now, and you had better get home as soon as you can.' + +"'No, indeed. I admit that it seems wrong for me to be so curious in +regard to your affairs, but this case is so very extraordinary that I +hope you will not refuse to tell me about it. You may be sure that I +shall not betray your confidence.' + +"'Alas! why such persistence in trying to learn about other people's +business?' + +"'It is very important,' replied the king, 'that I should obtain the +information I have asked of you. Further than that I cannot explain at +present.'" + +Yung Pak wanted to interrupt the storyteller here and say that he did +not blame the man for objecting to telling his private business, but he +had early been taught that it was highly improper for a Korean boy to +break into the conversation of his elders. + +The monk continued: + +"'As you are so urgent in your desire to know the cause of the strange +proceedings you have witnessed, I will try to tell you. Poverty has +always been a burden upon my family. In my house there has never been +sufficient food for a solid meal, and I have not land enough even for an +insect to rest upon. I cannot even provide food for my poor old father. +This is the reason why my wife, from time to time, has cut off a portion +of her hair and sold it for an amount sufficient to buy a bowl of bean +soup, which she has generously given to my father. This evening she cut +off and sold the last tress of her hair, and thus she is now bald as a +nun.'" + +Yung Pak already knew that Korean women who devote their lives to +religious service kept their hair closely clipped, so the monk did not +need to explain his reference to a bald-headed nun. + +"'On this account," said the man to Cheng-chong, 'my father broke out +into mourning in these words: + +"'"Why have I lived to this age? Why did I not die years ago? Why has +this degradation come to my daughter-in-law?" Tears accompanied his +words. My wife and I tried to console him, and, besides urging him not +to weep, she danced for his amusement. I also danced and sang, and thus +we diverted the old man's thoughts and caused him to smile. That is the +true reason of our queer behaviour. I trust you will not think it +strange, and will now go away and leave us to our sorrow.' + +"The king was very much impressed by the man's story, particularly with +the evidence of such great devotion to his father, even in the time of +poverty and misfortune. So he said: 'This is really the most +extraordinary instance of filial love that I ever saw. I think you +should present yourself at the examination to-morrow.' + +"'What examination?' + +"'Why, there is to be an examination before the king of candidates for +official position. You know that all officials have to pass an +examination before they can receive an appointment. Be sure to be +there, and you may be fortunate enough to secure a position which will +remove all fear of poverty from your household.' + +"Having thus spoken, Cheng-chong bade the man good night and went at +once to his palace. + +"Very early in the morning he caused proclamation to be made that an +examination would be held that day, at a certain hour. Notwithstanding +the brief time for preparation, when the hour arrived a large number of +men presented themselves at the king's palace as candidates. + +"In the crowd was the poor man whom the king, in his disguise, had +talked with the night before. Though he understood little of the matter, +he felt that his visitor of the previous night must have known perfectly +about it. + +"When all had assembled, the following was announced as the subject of +the examination: 'The song of a man in mourning, the dance of a nun, the +tears of an old man.' + +"With the exception of the poor man, not a single one of the candidates +was able to make a bit of sense out of the subject. He alone knew it +perfectly well, because of his own personal sad experience. Consequently +he was able to turn in a clear essay upon the subject, which, upon +examination, the king found to be free from error. + +"Cheng-chong then bestowed the degree of doctor upon the man, and +ordered that he be brought into his presence. + +"Upon the man's appearance, the king asked: 'Do you know who I am? It is +I who last night advised you to be present at this examination. Raise +your head and look at me.' + +"With fixed gaze the man looked at the king, and recognized his +benefactor. He at once bowed himself to the ground in gratitude, and in +words of the most humble sort returned his thanks. + +"'Go at once,' said Cheng-chong, 'and return to your wife and old +father. Make them happy with the good news you have for them.' + +"This story of royal generosity has been handed down from generation to +generation, and I give it to you," concluded the monk, "as an example of +the goodness of our ancient kings and the rich inheritance we have from +them. True devotion to parents has never been unrewarded in Korea." + +His story concluded, the monk expressed a desire to retire for the +night. At Ki Pak's command a servant led him to a sleeping-room. Yung +Pak and the other members of the family also retired, and were soon +buried in peaceful slumber. + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + + +A JOURNEY + +It sometimes happened that Ki Pak, in performing his official duties, +was obliged to make long journeys to various parts of Korea. One of Yung +Pak's greatest pleasures was to listen to the stories which his father +used to tell him about these journeys. + +When Ki Pak made one of these trips through the country he could not +ride on the cars as you do, for there were no railways, with puffing +engines and comfortable coaches; neither could he take a carriage drawn +by swift and strong horses, for they too were unknown by the Koreans. +Even if he had possessed horses and carriage, there were few roads over +which they could have been driven. Most of the highways were simply +rough paths, over which men usually travelled on foot or on the backs of +ponies up and down the hills of the country. It was generally necessary +to cross rivers by fording, though, where the water was too deep for +this, rude and clumsy ferry-boats were provided. Occasionally, over a +narrow stream, a frail footbridge would be built. + +You can easily imagine Yung Pak's joy and surprise one day when his +father told him that he proposed to take his little son on his next +journey. + +Ki Pak had been ordered by the king to go to Chang-an-sa, a city among +the Diamond Mountains, near the eastern coast of Korea, and about eighty +miles from Seoul. In this place was a famous monastery, or temple, which +would be an object of much interest and wonder to Yung Pak. + +It was decided, also, that Wang Ken should be one of the party. He +would be able to explain to Yung Pak many things they might see on the +way. + +There was much to do to get ready for the journey. It would take four +days to cover the distance, and, as hotels were unknown along the route, +it was necessary to take along a good supply of provisions, bedding, +cooking utensils, and all sorts of things they might need while absent +from home. + +In addition to getting together all this material, ponies and drivers +had to be engaged. Sometimes, when Ki Pak went on short journeys, he was +carried in a chair by strong men, who by much practice had become able +to endure the fatigue of travel, and of bearing heavy burdens. This +chair was very different from the kind you have in your houses. Even a +comfortable rocker would not be very nice in which to take a long +journey. + +The Korean traveller's chair consists of a boxlike frame, of such +height that one may sit within in Turkish fashion upon the floor. The +roof is of bamboo, covered with painted and oiled paper. The sides also +are covered with oiled paper or muslin. In some cases a small stained +glass window is set in the side or front, but only rich men can afford +this luxury. The curtain in front can be raised or lowered. This serves +the double purpose of shutting out the glances of the curious and +keeping out the cold air. When the owner can afford it, an ample supply +of cushions and shawls makes the clumsy vehicle more comfortable for its +occupant. + +The chair rests upon two long poles, which hang by straps upon the +shoulders of four stout men. Under ordinary circumstances these men can +travel with their burden from twenty to thirty miles a day. + +Sometimes, also, when Yung Pak's father went about the streets of +Seoul, he rode in a chair very similar to the one just described. The +only difference was that it rested on a framework attached to a single +wheel directly underneath. This cross between a wheelbarrow and a +sedan-chair was supported and trundled along the street by four bearers. + +On this journey, however, Yung Pak and his companions were to ride on +ponies. + +The Korean ponies are small, fine-coated animals, little larger than +Shetland ponies. They are very tough and strong, and can endure long +marches with little food. They are sometimes obstinate and are desperate +fighters, squealing and neighing on all occasions. They often attack +other ponies, and never become friendly with each other on a journey. In +their attacks upon one another loads are forgotten and often seriously +damaged. Notwithstanding, they bear with much patience a great deal of +abuse from unkind masters. Because of much beating and overloading, +they are generally a sorry-looking lot of animals. + +Ki Pak had to engage ponies for himself, Yung Pak, and Wang Ken. He was +also obliged to employ a cook for the journey, who had to have a pony to +carry along the kettles and pans and other utensils. It was also +necessary to hire body-servants and several ponies to carry luggage, and +as each pony must have a _mapu_, or groom, it made quite a procession +when the party started out of Seoul on the journey to the northeast. + +It was a fine day when the start was made. It was not early in the +morning, for, if there is anything a Korean hates to do, it is to make +an early start on a journey. If you had been in Yung Pak's place, you +would have gone crazy with impatience. The servants were late in +bringing around the ponies, and the process of loading them was a very +slow one. + +But Yung Pak had long before learned to be patient under such +circumstances. In fact, he seemed to care little whether the start were +made in the morning or at noon. He calmly watched the servants at their +work, and, when at last all was declared ready, he gravely mounted his +pony and fell into the procession behind his father, with Wang Ken +immediately following. + +A most comical sight was the cook, perched on top of his load of pans, +pots, and potatoes. As his pony trotted along with the others, it looked +as if the cook was in constant danger of a fall from his lofty seat, but +he sat as calm and unconcerned as one could imagine. + +You would laugh if you should see the strings of eggs hanging across +this pony's back--yes, eggs. They were packed in bands of wheat straw, +and between each pair of eggs a straw was twisted. Thus a straw rope +enclosing twenty or more eggs, well protected, was made and thrown over +the top of the load. + +Other riders had more comfortable seats, for most of the ponies carried +baggage in two wicker baskets,--one strapped upon each side,--and on top +of these was piled bedding and wadded clothing, which made a soft seat +for the rider. + +The _mapus_ who accompanied the procession were dressed in short cotton +jackets, loose trousers, with sandals and cotton wrappings upon the +feet. They had to step lively to keep up with the ponies. + +All the people in this company carried with them long garments made of +oiled paper. You have already learned that the Korean paper is very +tough, and when soaked with oil it forms a splendid protection against +the rain. Many of these garments had a very peculiar appearance, because +they were made of paper on which had been set copies for schoolboys to +use in learning to write. + +As Yung Pak and his companions passed along the dirty streets of Seoul +toward a gate in the great wall, a curious crowd was attracted by the +unusual sight. This mob of men and boys were good-natured, but very +curious, and it gathered so close as to impede the progress of the +ponies. Moreover, a watchful eye had to be kept on all the luggage, lest +some over-covetous person might steal the provisions and supplies on the +ponies' backs. + +Notwithstanding the slow progress made by Ki Pak's company, it took only +a short time to pass through the narrow streets and out by the great +gate, leaving behind the noisy mob of men and boys who had followed them +to the city's wall. + +Once outside, upon the road which wound around and over the high hills +that surround the city, the pure country air seemed very sweet and +refreshing to Yung Pak, who knew nothing of life outside Seoul. This was +his first journey into the country, and the many strange sights drew +exclamations of surprise and wonder from him. The green waving grass and +swaying foliage of the trees were ever new sources of joy and pleasure, +and the delicate odours which the breezes bore to his sensitive nostrils +were refreshing and life-giving. + +Among the strange sights which attracted Yung Pak's attention, as they +rode along through the country, were some very curious figures erected +by the roadside. These were posts, one side of which was roughly planed. +On the upper part of each of these posts was a rude carving of a hideous +human face with prominent teeth. The cheeks and teeth were slightly +coloured. A most fiendish appearance was presented by these figures, +called by the Koreans _syou-sal-mak-i_, and if looks counted for +anything, they ought well to serve their purpose,--the scaring away of +evil spirits from the village near which the figures always stood. The +mile-posts, or _fjang-seung_, along the way were often similarly +decorated. + +[Illustration: "ON THE UPPER PART OF EACH OF THESE POSTS WAS A RUDE +CARVING"] + +Another curiosity by the wayside which led to wonder on Yung Pak's part +was an old trunk of a tall tree. For about thirty feet from the ground +this was painted in coloured stripes very much like a barber's pole. The +top and branches of the tree had been trimmed off, and the upper end was +rudely carved in a shape representing a dragon with a forked tail. From +the head, which resembled that of an alligator, hung various cords, to +which were attached small brass bells and a wooden fish. Wang Ken told +Yung Pak that this was a monument to some famous Korean "doctor of +literature." + +On the first day's journey toward Chang-an-sa the party made good +progress. The plan was to get to Yong-pyoeng, about twenty miles from +Seoul, before nightfall. To you this would seem a short day's journey, +but when it is remembered that many of the servants were on foot, and +that the little ponies were heavily loaded, it does not seem so strange +that more ground could not be covered in one day. In addition, in many +places the roads were poor, though in the valleys there was a smooth +bottom where the sand had washed down from the hills. + +On some of these hillsides little villages were perched. Yung Pak +noticed that on the upper side of each of these hill-towns was a +moon-shaped wall. + +"What is that wall for?" he asked Wang Ken as they passed one. + +"That protects the village in time of rainstorms," replied the tutor. +"The soil here is of such a nature that it easily washes away, and if +the town were unprotected the earth would soon be swept from beneath the +houses. If you will look sharply, you will see outside the wall a deep +trench which carries off the rushing water." + +As they were slowly riding along a road which wound around and over a +high hill Yung Pak still kept his eyes wide open for strange sights. +Suddenly he lifted his arm, and, pointing toward a tree upon a little +hill at one side of the road, he said to Wang Ken: + +"Oh, what a queer-looking tree that is! And are not those strange leaves +on it? What kind of a tree is it, anyway?" + +"Ha, ha!" laughed Wang Ken, "I don't wonder that you call that a +strange-looking tree. Let's take a walk up to it and get a closer view." + +So the ponies were halted, and down sprang Yung Pak and Wang Ken. +Leaving the ponies in charge of the _mapus_, they marched up the hill to +get a nearer sight of the tree. + +"Why," said the boy, as they approached it, "those are not leaves that +we saw from the road, but they are rags and strips of cloth. It looks as +if some one had hung out their clothes to dry and forgotten to take them +in again. What does it all mean?" + +"That tree, my boy," Wang Ken replied, "is called the sacred devil-tree. +That is a queer combination of names, but you know there are a lot of +ignorant people in our country who are very superstitious. They believe +in all sorts of evil and good spirits. They think these spirits watch +every act of their lives. Consequently they do all they can to please +the good spirits and to drive away the evil ones. This tree they believe +has power to keep off the bad spirits, so every man who thinks that a +demon has possession of him tears a piece of cloth from his garment and +carefully ties it to a branch. That is how all these strips you see come +to be hanging above you. Some have hung there so long that the wind and +rain have torn them to rags." + +"Yes, but why is this done?" asked Yung Pak. + +"Because," was the reply, "a man who is possessed by an evil spirit +thinks that by thus tying a part of his clothing to the tree he may +induce the spirit to attach himself to it instead of to his own person." + +Yung Pak's curiosity satisfied, they returned to the road, mounted their +ponies, and quickly caught up with the rest of the party. + +No further incidents of special importance marked this first day's +journey, and shortly before nightfall they arrived at the town of +Yong-pyoeng. They found the village inn to be a series of low, small +buildings built on three sides of a courtyard. Into low sheds in this +yard the ponies were crowded and the luggage removed from their backs. +Ki Pak's servants proceeded to build a fire in the centre of the yard +and the cook made preparations for getting supper. Travellers had to +provide a large part of their own meals, for, as already stated, these +village inns were not hotels in the real sense of the word. They were +simply rude lodging-places where travellers might be protected from the +night air and have a chance to sleep while passing through the country. + +Into the main waiting-room of the inn Yung Pak, with his father and +tutor, entered. At the door they removed their shoes and left them +outside. In the room were several other travellers seated upon the +floor, which was covered with oiled paper and grass mats. There was +absolutely no furniture. The walls were covered with clean white paper. +Each man in the room was smoking a pipe, which consisted of a brass bowl +and a reed stem over three feet long. All wore long white robes, though +one of the occupants had hung his hat upon the wall. + +Into this room after a time the cook brought supper for his masters. +Other servants brought in boxes which were used as tables, and though +the style was not just what Yung Pak was used to, he managed to eat a +hearty meal. The day in the open air had given him a hunger and a zest +he rarely knew. + +After supper, for a short time Yung Pak and Wang Ken talked over with Ki +Pak the events of the day. A servant soon announced that their +sleeping-rooms were ready, and they gladly at once sought their beds. To +get to their rooms they again stepped out into the courtyard. They found +that each bedroom was one of the little buildings facing the yard. Yung +Pak and Wang Ken occupied one room, while Ki Pak had a room by himself. +Through a narrow door about three feet high the lad and his tutor +entered their room. The door was simply a lattice shutter covered with +paper. The room was very small,--barely space for the two mattresses +which had been put there by the servants, and the ceiling was so low +that even the short Koreans could hardly stand upright. Yet here our two +friends managed to make themselves very comfortable for the night. + +Outside in the courtyard the fire was kept burning, beside which two +watchmen sat all night smoking and telling stories. It was necessary to +maintain a watch till morning because the country districts of Korea are +infested with wild animals, particularly tigers, and the bright blaze of +the fire served to keep them at a distance. Otherwise the thin-walled +houses would have been slight protection for the sleeping travellers. + +As it was, Yung Pak slept soundly the whole night, and did not awake +until after daylight, when servants brought to his door a wooden bowl +and a brass vessel full of water for his morning bath. Quickly he sprang +up, and with his companions made ready for the day's journey, for they +were all anxious to be on their way. + +[Illustration: "THE DAY WAS PASSED IN MUCH THE SAME MANNER AS THE +PRECEDING ONE"] + +Breakfast was served in much the same manner as the supper of the +previous evening had been. Of this meal all heartily partook, for a +Korean is never guilty of having a poor appetite. + +As usual, it took a long time to get the ponies properly loaded and +ready to start, and the forenoon was about half-gone when the procession +finally left the courtyard of the inn. + +A twenty-mile march would bring the party to Rang-chyoen, where it was +proposed to spend the second night of the journey. + +The day was passed in much the same manner as the preceding one, though +of course new scenes proved ever interesting to Yung Pak. During this +day the party had to cross a river which was too deep to ford, and over +which there was no sort of bridge. For the assistance of travellers a +ferry-boat had been provided. This boat was a broad, flat-bottomed, +clumsy affair. It could carry but three ponies at a time, with several +men. The men in charge of the boat were slow and obstinate, and +consequently it took a long time for all to get across the river. + +It was right here that an unfortunate, yet laughable, accident occurred. + +As on the preceding day, the cook rode perched upon his pony's load of +kettles, pans, and pots. When riding along a good road his position was +precarious enough, requiring all his best efforts to maintain his +balance. + +When his turn came to go upon the ferry-boat, Ki Pak advised him to +dismount and lead his pony across the plank which covered the watery +space between the bank of the river and the boat. But the cook was an +obstinate Korean, as well as a trifle lazy, and refused to get down, +thinking he could safely drive his beast across the gang-plank. +Ordinarily this would have been possible, but on this particular +occasion, just as the pony stepped upon the plank, the boat gave a +lurch, the plank slipped, and overboard went pony, cook, and all. For a +few moments there was enough bustle and excitement to suit any one. +Fortunately, the water was not deep, and quickly the drenched animal and +man were pulled from the water. The only permanent harm was to some of +the provisions that were a part of the pony's load. The cook was a wiser +as well as a wet man, and made up his mind that the next time he would +heed the advice to dismount when boarding a ferry-boat. + +The day's journey was completed without further special incident, and at +night they rested in the inn at Rang-chyoen under conditions much the +same as at Yong-pyoeng. + +The third day's journey brought the company to Kewen-syong. On the way +thither Yung Pak was much interested in the sights of the country, which +grew wilder and more strange the farther they got from Seoul. On this +day numerous highwaymen were met, but they dared not molest the +travellers on account of the large number in the party. + +The cabins along the country roads were a continual source of curiosity +to Yung Pak. They were built of mud, without windows, and no door except +a screen of cords. In nearly every doorway would be sitting a man, +smoking a long-stemmed pipe, who looked with wide-open eyes at the +unusual procession passing his house. + +Of course all the men who lived in these country cabins were farmers, +and Yung Pak liked to watch them as they worked in their fields, for to +the city-bred boy this is always an entrancing sight. What seemed most +curious to him was the fact that women were also at work in the fields. +At his home the women of the family nearly always stayed in their own +apartments, and when they did go out always went heavily veiled. These +country women not only assisted in the farm work, but they had to do all +the spinning and weaving for the family, in addition to usual household +cares. + +Wang Ken was able to tell Yung Pak much about country life, for, like +most of the school-masters of Korea, he was himself a farmer's son. He +told how the Korean farmer lived a simple, patient life, while at the +same time he was ignorant and superstitious. He believed in demons, +spirits, and dragons, and in nearly every house were idols in honour of +the imaginary deities. + +Pigs and bulls are the chief animals on Korean farms. The latter are +used as beasts of burden, though occasionally a more prosperous man may +own a pony or a donkey. The farming tools are extremely rude and simple, +thus necessitating the labour of several men or women where one man +could do the work with good tools. + +While travelling along Yung Pak met several hunters. They were not an +uncommon sight on the streets of Seoul. When in the city they wore a +rough felt conical hat and dark blue cotton robe. The garments were ugly +in appearance and inconvenient. When the hunters were after game the +robe was discarded, and its place taken by a short wadded jacket, its +sleeves bound around the arms over wadded cuffs which reached from wrist +to elbow. In a similar way the trousers were bound to the calf of the +hunter's leg, and light straw sandals over a long piece of cotton cloth +were strapped to the feet and ankles. A huge string game-bag was slung +over his back, and in an antelope's horn or a crane's bill bullets were +carried. Powder was kept dry in a tortoise-shaped case of leather or +oiled paper. + +Yung Pak's father would have been glad to have taken time for seeking +game with some of these hunters, but the business of his trip prevented +any unnecessary delay on the journey. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + + +THE MONASTERY AT CHANG-AN-SA + +In the latter part of the afternoon of the fourth day, our travellers, +weary and worn with the long journey, came in sight of Chang-an-sa, the +Temple of Eternal Rest, one of the oldest monasteries of Korea, where +hundreds of monks devoted their lives to the service of Buddha. + +The temple buildings, with deep curved roofs, are in a glorious +situation on a small level lot of grassy land crowded between the high +walls of a rocky ravine. + +Yung Pak was delighted at his first sight of the great temple and the +surrounding buildings. Through the swaying branches of the forest-trees +he caught brief glimpses of the granite walls and turrets reddening in +the sunset glow. The deepening gloom of the gorge was lighted by the +slant beams of the setting sun, and on the water in the stream below +flecks of foam sparkled and danced in the light of the dying day. + +At first conversation was out of the question in the presence of such a +majestic display of nature's wonders combined with the handiwork of man. + +Coming to a gate of red stone, Yung Pak asked the meaning of the carved +arrow in the arch overhead. + +"That arrow," replied his father, "signifies that the temples to which +this gate is the outer entrance are under the patronage of the king. +Wherever you see that sign, you may know that the king has a special +interest, and his messengers will be treated with respect and +hospitality. Consequently we may expect to be well cared for during our +visit to this place." + +Passing through the gate, our friends found themselves at once in the +midst of the Chang-an-sa monastery buildings. In addition to the great +chief temple, there were many smaller places of worship, with bell and +tablet houses. There were also cells and sleeping-rooms for the monks, +servants' quarters, stables, a huge kitchen, and an immense dining-room, +together with a large guest-hall and a nunnery. In addition there were +several buildings devoted to the care of the aged, the infirm, and the +sick. All these places, during his stay, Yung Pak visited in company +with Wang Ken and guided by one of the monks. + +Besides the buildings already mentioned there were several houses that +had been erected by the king on purpose for the use of his officials, +and it was to one of these that Ki Pak and his son and Wang Ken were led +by several of the priests of the monastery. In the meantime, the +servants and the ponies were cared for in other places assigned for the +purpose. + +Yung Pak was not sorry to arrive at his journey's end, even though he +had enjoyed himself every moment of the time since he left Seoul. A four +days' ride on the back of a pony will make the most enthusiastic +traveller tired, and Yung Pak was glad to get to bed in the comfortable +room provided just as soon as he had eaten his supper. His night's sleep +was a sound one, though at midnight, and again at four o'clock in the +morning, he was awakened by the ringing of bells and gongs that called +the monks to the worship of Buddha. + +In the morning Yung Pak awoke greatly refreshed, and, after a bountiful +breakfast, he started out with Wang Ken, guided by a monk, to see the +wonders of Chang-an-sa monastery. + +One of the first things he noticed was the large number of boys about +the place. He learned from the guide that these lads were all orphans +who were being cared for by the priests, and who, later in life, would +themselves become priests of Buddha. They were all bright and active, +and were kept busily employed as waiters and errand-runners when they +were not at work on their studies. Like most boys, however, they managed +to get a generous share of time for play. + +It would be impossible to tell in detail about all the strange things +Yung Pak saw at this monastery. The chief temple was an enormous +structure of stone and tile and carved wood, all decorated in gorgeous +combinations of red, green, gold, and white. + +Within this temple was one room called the "chamber of imagery." Inside +its darkened walls a single monk chanted his monotonous prayer before +an altar. During the chant he also occupied himself by striking a small +bell with a deer-horn. Bells played a great part in the worship at +Chang-an-sa, and all the prayers were emphasized by the clanging of +bells great or small. + +Along the shadowy walls of this room could be seen the weapons, as well +as the eyes and teeth, the legs and arms, of gods and demons otherwise +invisible. These had a ghostly effect on Yung Pak, and made him cling +closely to the side of his tutor. + +Above the altar before which the priest knelt was an immense carving in +imitation of an uprooted tree. Among the roots thus exposed were placed +fifty-three idols in all kinds of positions. Beneath the carving were +represented three fierce-looking dragons, on whose faces were signs of +the most awful torment and suffering. + +"About this altar-piece," said Yung Pak's guide, "there is a legend you +might like to hear." + +"Oh, yes," was the reply, "tell us the story." + +"Many years ago," began the guide, "fifty-three Buddhist priests came +from India to Korea for the purpose of converting the people to their +belief. When they reached this place they were very tired, and sat down +by a spring beneath the wide-spreading branches of a tree. They had not +been there long when three dragons appeared and attacked the priests. +During the contest the dragons called up a great wind which uprooted the +tree. In return, each of the priests placed an image of Buddha on a +tree-root, turning it into an altar. Thus they were able to overcome the +dragons, who were forced into the spring. On top of them great stones +were piled, and afterward the monastery of Chang-an-sa was built upon +the site of the battle between the priests and the dragons." + +Afterward Yung Pak visited the great kitchens, the dining-rooms, the +stables, the private rooms of the monks, and every place which might be +of interest to an inquisitive boy of his age. + +During the time he remained at Chang-an-sa he made several excursions +into the surrounding country, but always returning to the monastery at +night. + +Meanwhile Ki Pak had transacted the business for which he came to this +region, and at the end of ten days was ready to return to Seoul. + +Of this journey it is not necessary to tell. No mishap marred the +pleasure of the trip, and all returned safe and sound to their home in +the capital city of Korea. Yung Pak had enjoyed the journey very, very +much, yet he was not sorry once more to be among the familiar scenes and +surroundings of home. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + + +A FULL-FLEDGED TOP-KNOT + +Like all Korean boys, Yung Pak wore his hair in two braids, and by the +time he was twelve years old these had become very long, and hung in +black and glossy plaits down his back. + +On the day that he was thirteen his father called him to his room and +told the lad that the time had come for him to assume the dignities of a +man. In accordance with that statement, he had decided that on the next +day his son should be formally "invested" with the top-knot. In other +words, the crown of his head was to be shaven, and his long hair tightly +coiled upon the bare place thus made. This is called the "Investiture +of the Top-knot," and is always attended by solemn ceremonies. + +In preparation for this event Ki Pak had made careful and elaborate +arrangements. He had provided for his son new clothes and a hat after +the style of his own. He had also consulted an eminent astrologer, who +had chosen the propitious day and hour for the ceremony after due +consultation of the calendar and the stars and planets in their courses. + +Generally, if the father is blessed with good fortune and a number of +sons, he acts as his own master of ceremonies on such an occasion, but +as Ki Pak had only this one son he decided to ask his brother, Wu-pom +Nai, who had several sons and was a prosperous merchant of Seoul, to +fill this important position. + +Yung Pak could hardly wait for the morrow to come. So excited was he at +the thought of the great honour that was to be his that he spent almost +a sleepless night. However, like all nights, long or short, this one +passed, and the wished-for hour at last arrived. + +All the male members of the family were present. Korean women are +reckoned of little importance and take no part in social and family +affairs. On this occasion no men except relatives were asked to attend. + +Yung Pak was directed to seat himself on the floor in the centre of the +room, facing the east. This was the point of compass revealed by the +astrologer as most favourable to the young candidate for manly honours. + +With great deliberation and much formality Wu-pom Nai proceeded to +loosen the boy's heavy plaits of hair. Then with great care, while the +onlookers watched with breathless interest, he shaved the crown of the +lad's head, making a bare circular spot about three inches in diameter. +Over this spot he twisted all the remaining hair into a coil about four +inches long, pointing slightly forward like a horn. + +Over the top-knot thus made the master of ceremonies placed the +_mang-kun,_ which was a crownless skull-cap made of a very delicate +stiff gauze. This was tied on very tightly,--so tightly that it made a +deep ridge in Yung Pak's forehead and gave him a severe headache; but he +bore the pain heroically and without flinching--for was he not now a +man? The regular Korean man's hat, with its flapping wings, was next put +on, and this part of the ceremony was complete. + +Yung Pak now rose from his position, and made a deep bow to each one in +the room, beginning with his father, and then in regular order according +to relationship. Afterward, accompanied by his relatives, he proceeded +to the room where were placed the tablets in memory of his ancestors. +There he offered sacrifice before each one in turn. Lighted candles in +brass candlesticks he placed in front of each tablet, and beside the +candles he put dishes of sacrificial food and fruit. Then, as before +his living relatives, he bowed profoundly to the tablets of the dead +ones, and formally and seriously let them know that he had been +regularly invested with the top-knot, and now had the right to be +regarded as a man. + +The sacrifices made, Yung Pak called at the homes of all the male +friends of the family, who now for the first time looked upon him as +their equal, and in the evening Ki Pak gave a great dinner in honour of +his son. Here there was much feasting and rejoicing, and all united in +wishing the greatest prosperity and lifelong happiness to the little +Korean boy now become a man. + +He is no longer our _little_ Korean cousin. Hence, we leave him at this +point, joining heartily in the best wishes and the compliments bestowed +upon him by his friends. + + +THE END. + + + + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Our Little Korean Cousin, by H. Lee M. Pike + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OUR LITTLE KOREAN COUSIN *** + +***** This file should be named 12048.txt or 12048.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/2/0/4/12048/ + +Produced by Million Book Project, Juliet Sutherland, and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + + https://www.gutenberg.org/etext06 + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: + https://www.gutenberg.org/GUTINDEX.ALL + + diff --git a/old/12048.zip b/old/12048.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..21f15ff --- /dev/null +++ b/old/12048.zip |
